Quarterlytics / Communication Services / Telecommunications Services / Shaw Communications, Inc.

Shaw Communications, Inc.

sjr-b · TSX Communication Services
Claim this profile
Ticker sjr-b
Exchange TSX
Sector Communication Services
Industry Telecommunications Services
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2021 Annual Report · Shaw Communications, Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
2021
ANNUAL
REPORT

Report to Shareholders
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
Share Capital and Listings
Management’s Responsibility for Financial 
Statements and Report on Internal Control over 
Financial Reporting
Independent Auditors’ Reports
Consolidated Financial Statements
Corporate Information
1
3
71
74
75
78
124

Dear Fellow Shareholders:
I am incredibly proud of our Company and our employees as I reflect on over 50 years of providing exceptional products and
services to Canadians. Shaw’s culture has enabled and powered the innovative and vital services we provide to our customers
and communities. We have built a powerful combination of assets, from our extensive Fibre+ infrastructure and strengthening
wireless network, to our 9,400 engaged and passionate employees. For over five decades, we have created and nurtured an
organization that centres around our customers and connects our communities.
The benefits of our relentless customer focus and facilities-based investments have never been more clear with the emergence
of COVID-19. While collectively we are still dealing with the evolving impacts nearly two years on, the pandemic has highlighted
the essential role of strong and ubiquitous connectivity services, which will only become more critical as economic shifts and
technology advancements accelerate Canada’s digital transformation. When Canadians have needed us most, we delivered faster
speeds, better value and outstanding customer service.
In our communities, we continue to identify and support emerging needs that were accentuated by the pandemic and important
social movements impacting employees, customers, and Canadians. We were delighted that our signature sponsorship, the
Shaw Charity Classic, was able to return after being cancelled last year due to the pandemic. This Calgary-based event has now
raised $75 million for more than 200 charities supporting Alberta youth since 2013.
Despite the significant uncertainty over the last 18-months, we stayed focused on our near-term priorities, including balanced
and profitable results, delivering consolidated adjusted EBITDA growth of 4.6% and free cash flow of approximately $961
million in fiscal 2021.
Our fiscal 2021 results reflect continued strong execution, but also mark the beginning of a bold new path for Shaw with the
announcement of our combination with Rogers on March 15, 2021. This critical next step in our evolution was taken with our
customers’ best interests at the forefront. A technology revolution is clearly upon us, with next-generation networks, like 5G,
breaking down the boundaries of what’s possible, but also requiring significant scale and investment. Tomorrow’s networks need
to be even stronger, more expansive and more capable in order to compete vigorously and to meet the needs of Canada’s
emerging connected society.
Wireless
In fiscal 2021, we welcomed approximately 295,000 wireless customers to the Shaw and Freedom network. With the launch of
Shaw Mobile in July 2020, we focused on bundling Shaw Mobile wireless with our Internet offerings, enhancing the value
proposition for our customers.
Supporting our wireless growth has been the continued investment in our network and distribution channels to elevate the
overall customer experience. We are investing in the deployment of our 700 MHz and 600 MHz spectrum to further enhance
our existing LTE service, in small cell technology, and additional retail capacity, where Shaw Mobile and Freedom Mobile can
now be found in over 200 and 800 locations, respectively. Not only did we modernize and expand our retail presence, but we
also improved our digital capabilities, shifting to digital self-serve and online fulfillment of wireless services, ensuring a safe
environment for our employees and customers in the face of ongoing COVID uncertainty.
Wireline
With unprecedented demand for Internet access from our customers, our Wireline business continues to be resilient.
Investments in network infrastructure have been a cornerstone throughout our history. Not only have we handled the increased
Internet usage with ease, but we also introduced even faster service tiers, such as Fibre+ Gig 1.5, designed to provide even the
heaviest users the bandwidth they need. With our new Fibre+ Gateway 2.0 modem we introduced the latest WiFi technology and
enabled the launch of Shaw Gig WiFi to most of our major markets in western Canada. Outside of our customers’ homes, we
continue to provide them with access to Canada’s largest WiFi network.
Small businesses continue to be the heart of our economy and our Shaw Business division was there to support them
throughout the challenges with COVID-19. By collaborating with global scale technology leaders, our growing “Smart” suite of
managed services provide businesses of all sizes the tools they need to grow their business and actively participate in the
growing digital economy. While Shaw Business was not immune to the challenging backdrop caused by the pandemic, strong
relationships with our customers and flexible solutions enabled modest revenue growth in an otherwise difficult environment
throughout fiscal 2021.
Report to Shareholders Shaw Communications Inc.
1

Looking ahead
As history has shown, network investment is the foundation for connecting Canadians. Continued investment in world-leading
network infrastructure, at scale, has never been so critical to Canada’s future as it is now. It is fundamental to delivering
leading and innovative services and to compete on the global stage. With a stronger, national network presence, the combined
entity that will emerge from the proposed arrangement with Rogers will provide significantly more benefits to Canadians much
sooner than would otherwise be possible. We look forward to working closely with the Rogers team to support the close of the
transaction, expected to occur in the first half of 2022.
In closing, I would like to send my sincerest appreciation to our Board of Directors, for providing a clear vision and stewardship
of the Company. Also, to our shareholders, for your overwhelming support for the combination with Rogers. To all of our valued
Shaw customers – thank you for inspiring us to always look to the future, to be better, and to be bold. Finally, to all Shaw
employees, past and present – your dedication and contributions are invaluable. Thank you for your strong leadership.
[Signed]
Bradley S. Shaw
Executive Chair & Chief Executive Officer
2
Shaw Communications Inc. 2021 Annual Report

Contents
About our Business
8
Government Regulations & Regulatory Developments
28
Key Performance Drivers
35
Critical Accounting Policies & Estimates
39
Related Party Transactions
43
New Accounting Standards
44
Risk Management
44
Known Events, Trends, Risks & Uncertainties
45
Summary of Quarterly Results
57
Results of Operations
61
Segmented Operations Overview
64
Financial Position
66
Consolidated Cash Flow Analysis
67
Liquidity and Capital Resources
68
Additional Information
72
Management’s Discussion & Analysis Shaw Communications Inc.
3

FORWARD
Tabular dollar amounts are in millions of Canadian dollars,
except per share amounts or unless otherwise indicated. This
Management’s Discussion and Analysis (MD&A) should be
read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial
Statements. The terms “we,” “us,” “our,” “Shaw” and “the
Company” refer to Shaw Communications Inc. or, as
applicable, Shaw Communications Inc. and its direct and
indirect subsidiaries as a group. This MD&A is current as at
October 29, 2021 and was approved by Shaw’s Board of
Directors.
CAUTION CONCERNING FORWARD LOOKING
STATEMENTS
Statements included in this MD&A that are not historic
constitute “forward-looking information” within the meaning
of applicable securities laws. They can generally be
identified by words such as “anticipate,” “believe,”
“expect,” “plan,” “intend,” “target,” “goal,” and similar
expressions (although not all forward-looking statements
contain such words). All of the forward-looking statements
made in this report are qualified by these cautionary
statements. Forward looking statements in this MD&A
include, but are not limited to, statements relating to:
•
the expected impact of the COVID-19 pandemic;
•
future capital expenditures;
•
proposed asset acquisitions and dispositions;
•
anticipated benefits of the Transaction (as defined below)
to Shaw and its securityholders, including corporate,
operational, scale and other synergies and the timing
thereof;
•
the timing, receipt and conditions of required regulatory
or other third-party approvals, including but not limited to
the receipt of applicable approvals under the
Broadcasting Act (Canada), the Competition Act (Canada)
and the Radiocommunication Act (Canada) (collectively,
the “Key Regulatory Approvals”) related to the
Transaction;
•
the ability of the Company and Rogers (as defined below)
to satisfy the other conditions to the closing of the
Transaction and the anticipated timing for closing of the
Transaction;
•
expected cost efficiencies;
•
expectations for future operating performance;
•
business and technology strategies and measures to
implement strategies;
•
expected growth in subscribers and the products/services
to which they subscribe;
•
competitive strengths and pressures;
•
expected project schedules, regulatory timelines, and
completion/in-service dates for the Company’s capital and
other projects;
•
the expected number of retail outlets;
•
the expected impact of new accounting standards,
recently adopted or expected to be adopted in the future;
•
the effectiveness of any changes to the design and
performance of the Company’s internal controls and
procedures;
•
the expected impact of changes in laws, regulations,
decisions by regulators, or other actions by governments
or regulators on the Company’s business, operations and/
or financial performance or the markets in which the
Company operates;
•
the expected impact of any emergency measures
implemented or withdrawn by governments or regulators;
•
timing of new product and service launches;
•
the resiliency and performance of the Company’s wireline
and wireless networks;
•
the deployment of (i) network infrastructure to improve
capacity and coverage, (ii) and new technologies,
including next generation wireless technologies such as
5G;
•
expected changes in the Company’s market share;
•
the ability of Shaw Mobile to drive customer growth;
•
the cost of acquiring and retaining subscribers and
deployment of new services;
•
expansion of and changes in the Company’s business and
operations and other goals and plans; and
•
execution and success of the Company’s current and long
term strategic initiatives.
Forward-looking statements are based on assumptions and
analyses made by the Company in light of its experience and
its perception of historical trends, current conditions and
expected future developments as well as other factors it
believes are appropriate in the circumstances as at the
current date. The Company’s management believes that its
assumptions and analysis in this MD&A are reasonable and
that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking
statements contained herein are also reasonable based on
the information available on the date such statements are
made and the process used to prepare the information.
4
Shaw Communications Inc. 2021 Annual Report

Considering the uncertain and changing circumstances
surrounding the COVID-19 pandemic and the related
response from the Company, governments (federal,
provincial and municipal), regulatory authorities, businesses
and customers, there continues to be inherently more
uncertainty associated with the Company’s assumptions as
compared to prior periods. These assumptions, many of
which are confidential, include, but are not limited to
management expectations with respect to:
•
general economic conditions, including the impact on the
economy and financial markets resulting from the
COVID-19 pandemic and other health risks;
•
the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and other health
risks on the Company’s business, operations, capital
resources, and/or financial results;
•
anticipated benefits of the Transaction to the Company
and its security holders;
•
the timing, receipt and conditions of required regulatory
or other third-party approvals, including but not limited to
the receipt of the Key Regulatory Approvals related to the
Transaction;
•
the ability of the Company and Rogers to satisfy the other
conditions to closing of the Transaction in a timely
manner and the completion of the Transaction on
expected terms;
•
the ability of Rogers to obtain the debt financing required
to complete the Transaction through the satisfaction of
the limited conditions of the debt commitment letter for
the debt financing and the absence of events that would
prevent Rogers from consummating the debt financing;
•
the ability to successfully integrate the Company with
Rogers in a timely manner;
•
the impact of the announcement of the Transaction, and
the dedication of substantial Company resources to
pursuing the Transaction, on the Company’s ability to
maintain its current business relationships (including
with current and prospective employees, customers and
suppliers) and its current and future operations, financial
condition and prospects;
•
the ability to satisfy the other expectations and
assumptions concerning the Transaction and the
operations and capital expenditure plans for the Company
following completion of the Transaction;
•
future interest rates;
•
previous performance being indicative of future
performance;
•
future income tax rates;
•
future foreign exchange rates;
•
technology deployment;
•
future expectations and demands of our customers;
•
subscriber growth;
•
incremental costs associated with growth in wireless
handset sales;
•
pricing, usage and churn rates;
•
availability and cost of programming, content, equipment
and devices;
•
industry structure, conditions, and stability;
•
regulation, legislation, or other actions by governments or
regulators (and the impact or projected impact on the
Company’s business);
•
the implementation or withdrawal of any emergency
measures by governments or regulators (and the impact or
projected impact on the Company’s business, operations,
and/or financial results);
•
access to key suppliers and third-party service providers
and their goods and services required to execute on the
Company’s current and long term strategic initiatives on
commercially reasonable terms;
•
key suppliers performing their obligations within the
expected timelines;
•
retention of key employees;
•
the Company being able to successfully deploy (i) network
infrastructure required to improve capacity and coverage,
and (ii) new technologies, including next generation
wireless technologies such as 5G;
•
operating expense and capital cost estimates associated
with the implementation of enhanced health and safety
measures for the Company’s offices, retail stores and
employees to reduce the spread of COVID-19;
•
the Company’s access to sufficient retail distribution
channels;
•
the Company’s access to the spectrum resources required
to execute on its current and long-term strategic
initiatives; and
•
the Company being able to execute on its current and
long term strategic initiatives.
Management’s Discussion & Analysis Shaw Communications Inc.
5

You should not place undue reliance on any forward-looking
statements. Many factors, including those not within the
Company’s control, may cause the Company’s actual results
to be materially different from the views expressed or
implied by such forward-looking statements, including, but
not limited to:
•
changes in general economic, market and business
conditions, including the impact of the COVID-19
pandemic and other health risks, on the economy and
financial markets which may have a material adverse
effect on the Company’s business, operations, capital
resources and/or financial results;
•
increased operating expenses and capital costs associated
with the implementation of enhanced health and safety
measures for the Company’s offices, retail stores, and
employees in response to the COVID-19 pandemic;
•
the failure of the Company and Rogers to receive, in a
timely manner and on satisfactory terms, the necessary
regulatory or other third-party approvals, including but not
limited to the Key Regulatory Approvals, required to close
the Transaction;
•
the ability to satisfy, in a timely manner, the other
conditions to the closing of the Transaction;
•
the ability to complete the Transaction on the terms
contemplated by the Arrangement Agreement (as defined
below) between the Company and Rogers;
•
the ability to successfully integrate the Company with
Rogers in a timely manner;
•
the ability of Rogers to obtain the debt financing required
to complete the Transaction through the satisfaction of
the limited conditions of the debt commitment letter for
the debt financing and the absence of events that would
prevent Rogers from consummating the debt financing;
•
the Company’s failure to complete the Transaction for any
reason could materially negatively impact the trading
price of the Company’s securities;
•
the announcement of the Transaction and the dedication
of substantial Company resources to pursuing the
Transaction may adversely impact the Company’s current
business relationships (including with current and
prospective employees, customers and suppliers) and its
current and future operations, financial condition and
prospects;
•
the failure of the Company to comply with the terms of
the Arrangement Agreement may, in certain
circumstances, result in the Company being required to
pay the termination fee to Rogers, the result of which will
or could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s
financial position and results of operations and its ability
to fund growth prospects and current operations;
•
changes in interest rates, income taxes and exchange
rates;
•
changes in the competitive environment in the markets in
which the Company operates and from the development
of new markets for emerging technologies;
•
changing industry trends, technological developments
and other changing conditions in the entertainment,
information, and communications industries;
•
changes in laws, regulations and decisions by regulators
or other actions by governments or regulators that affect
the Company or the markets in which it operates;
•
any emergency measures implemented or withdrawn by
governments or regulators;
•
technology, privacy, cyber security, and reputational risks;
•
disruptions to service, including due to network failure or
disputes with key suppliers;
•
the Company’s ability to execute its strategic plans and
complete its capital and other projects on a timely basis;
•
the Company’s ability to grow subscribers and market share;
•
the Company’s ability to have and/or obtain the spectrum
resources required to execute on its current and long-term
strategic initiatives;
•
the Company’s ability to gain sufficient access to retail
distribution channels;
•
the Company’s ability to access key suppliers and third-
party service providers required to execute on its current
and long-term strategic initiatives on commercially
reasonable terms;
•
the ability of key suppliers to perform their obligations
within expected timelines;
•
the Company’s ability to retain key employees;
•
the Company’s ability to achieve cost efficiencies;
•
the Company’s ability to recognize and adequately
respond to climate change concerns or public and
governmental expectations on environmental matters;
•
the Company’s status as a holding company with separate
operating subsidiaries; and
•
other factors described in this MD&A under the heading
“Known Events, Trends, Risks and Uncertainties.”
The foregoing is not an exhaustive list of all possible factors.
Should one or more of these risks materialize, or should
assumptions underlying the forward-looking statements
prove incorrect, actual results may vary materially from those
described in this MD&A.
6
Shaw Communications Inc. 2021 Annual Report

Any forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date on
which it was originally made and, except as required by law,
the Company expressly disclaims any obligation or
undertaking to disseminate any updates or revisions to any
forward-looking statement to reflect any change in related
assumptions, events, conditions or circumstances. All
forward-looking statements contained in this MD&A are
expressly qualified by this statement.
Management’s Discussion & Analysis Shaw Communications Inc.
7

Our Consumer division
connects people and
families in British
Columbia, Alberta,
Saskatchewan,
Manitoba, and northern
Ontario through our
Fibre+ network.
Shaw Direct is one of
two licensed satellite
Video services available
across Canada.
Shaw Mobile currently
operates in British Columbia
and Alberta. Freedom Mobile
currently operates in Ontario,
British Columbia and Alberta.
Over 19 million Canadians
reside within our current
mobile wireless network
service area.
Our Business division leverages
our network infrastructure
with a product suite targeting
businesses of all sizes.
In the following sections we provide selected financial highlights and additional details with respect to our Wireline
and Wireless divisions as well as our network.
8
Shaw Communications Inc. 2021 Annual Report

Select Financial and Operational Highlights
Basis of presentation
We adopted IFRS 16, Leases (“IFRS 16”) effective
September 1, 2019. The adoption of IFRS 16 had a
significant effect on our reported results and we adopted
IFRS 16 using a modified retrospective approach whereby
the financial statements of prior periods presented were not
restated and continue to be reported under International
Accounting Standard (IAS) 17 – Leases (“IAS 17”), as
permitted by the specific transition provisions of IFRS 16.
The cumulative effect of the initial adoption of IFRS 16 was
reflected as an adjustment to the impacted balance sheet
accounts as at September 1, 2019. Accordingly, fiscal 2021
and fiscal 2020 operating results are reported in accordance
with IFRS 16 while fiscal 2019 operating results are
reported in accordance with IAS 17 and are therefore not
comparable.
Management’s Discussion & Analysis Shaw Communications Inc.
9

2021 Total Revenue
23%  Wireless
66%  Wireline - Consumer
11%  Wireline - Business
$5.5 BILLION
 -
 1,000
 2,000
 3,000
 4,000
 5,000
 6,000
2019
2020
2021
Revenue ($M)
Consumer
Business
Wireless
2021 Adjusted EBITDA
16%  Wireless
84%  Wireline
$2.5 BILLION
500
1,000
1,500
2,500
2,000
Wireline
Wireless
2019
2020(1)
2021(1)
 -
Year ended August 31,
Change
(millions of Canadian dollars except per share amounts)
2021 (1)
2020 (1)
2019
2021 %
2020 %
Operations:
Revenue
5,509
5,407
5,340
1.9
1.3
Adjusted EBITDA (2)
2,500
2,391
2,154
4.6
11.0
Adjusted EBITDA margin (2)
45.4%
44.2%
40.3%
2.7
9.7
Net income
986
688
733
43.3
(6.1)
Per share data:
Earnings per share
Basic and diluted
1.94
1.32
1.41
Weighted average participating shares outstanding during period (millions)
504
515
511
Funds flow from operations (3)
2,249
1,989
1,777
13.1
11.9
Free cash flow (2)
961
747
538
28.6
38.8
(1) Fiscal 2021 and 2020 figures reflect the impact of the adoption and application of IFRS 16 while fiscal 2019 figures do
not and are not comparable.
(2) Adjusted EBITDA, adjusted EBITDA margin, and free cash flow are non-GAAP financial measures or non-GAAP ratios and
should not be considered substitutes or alternatives for GAAP measures. These are not defined terms under IFRS and do not
have standardized meanings, and therefore may not be a reliable way to compare us to other companies. See “Key
Performance Drivers” for more information about these measures and ratio, including quantitative reconciliations to the most
directly comparable financial measures in the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.
(3) Funds flow from operations is before changes in non-cash working capital balances related to operations as presented in the
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.
10
Shaw Communications Inc. 2021 Annual Report

Subscriber highlights:
Wireline – Consumer
14%  Video – Satellite
43%  Internet
29%  Video – Cable
14%  Phone
Wireline – Business
28%  Internet
6%  Video – Satellite
6%  Video – Cable
60%  Phone
Wireless
18%  Prepaid
82%  Postpaid
Subscriber highlights:
August 31,
2021
August 31,
2020
Change
Wireline – Consumer
Video – Cable
1,282,879
1,390,520
(107,641)
Video – Satellite
590,578
650,727
(60,149)
Internet
1,889,752
1,903,868
(14,116)
Phone
595,580
672,610
(77,030)
Total Consumer
4,358,789
4,617,725
(258,936)
Wireline – Business
Video – Cable
37,110
37,512
(402)
Video – Satellite
40,090
36,002
4,088
Internet
182,123
178,270
3,853
Phone
390,272
387,660
2,612
Total Business
649,595
639,444
10,151
Total Wireline
5,008,384
5,257,169
(248,785)
Wireless
Postpaid
1,739,289
1,482,175
257,114
Prepaid
377,082
339,339
37,743
Total Wireless
2,116,371
1,821,514
294,857
Total Subscribers
7,124,755
7,078,683
46,072
Management’s Discussion & Analysis Shaw Communications Inc.
11

Shaw and Rogers Transaction
On March 15, 2021, Shaw announced that it entered into
an arrangement agreement (the “Arrangement Agreement”)
with Rogers Communications Inc. (“Rogers”), under which
Rogers will acquire all of Shaw’s issued and outstanding
Class A Participating Shares (“Class A Shares”) and Class B
Non-Voting Participating Shares (“Class B Shares”) in a
transaction valued at approximately $26 billion, inclusive of
approximately $6 billion of Shaw debt (the “Transaction”).
Holders of Class A Shares and Class B Shares (other than
the Shaw Family Living Trust, the controlling shareholder of
Shaw, and related persons (collectively, the “Shaw Family
Shareholders”)) will receive $40.50 per share in cash. The
Shaw Family Shareholders will receive 60% of the
consideration for their shares in the form of Class B
Non-Voting Shares of Rogers (the “Rogers Shares”) on the
basis of the volume-weighted average trading price for the
Rogers Shares for the 10 trading days ending March 12,
2021, and the balance in cash. As at March 13, 2021,
when the Arrangement Agreement was signed, the value of
the consideration attributable to the Class A Shares and
Class B Shares held by the Shaw Family Shareholders
(calculated using the volume-weighted average trading price
for the Rogers Shares for the 10 trading days ending
March 12, 2021) was equivalent to $40.50 per share.
The Transaction is being implemented by way of a court-
approved plan of arrangement under the Business
Corporations Act (Alberta). At the special meeting of Shaw
shareholders held on May 20, 2021, the Company obtained
approval of the plan of arrangement by the holders of Shaw’s
Class A Shares and Class B Shares in the manner required
by the interim order granted by the Court of Queen’s Bench
of Alberta on April 19, 2021. On May 25, 2021, the Court
of Queen’s Bench of Alberta issued a final order approving
the plan of arrangement.
The Transaction remains subject to other customary closing
conditions including approvals from certain Canadian
regulators. Shaw and Rogers are working cooperatively and
constructively with the Competition Bureau, Innovation,
Science and Economic Development Canada (ISED) and the
Canadian Radio-television and Telecommunications
Commission (CRTC) in order to secure the requisite
approvals. Subject to receipt of all required approvals and
satisfaction of all closing conditions, closing of the
Transaction is expected to occur in the first half of 2022.
Redemption of Shaw’s Preferred Shares
Pursuant to the terms of the Arrangement Agreement, on
May 20, 2021, Rogers exercised its right to require the
Company to redeem all of its issued and outstanding
Cumulative Redeemable Rate Reset Class 2 Preferred
Shares, Series A (the “Series A Shares”) and Cumulative
Redeemable Floating Rate Class 2 Preferred Shares, Series B
(the “Series B Shares”, and together with the Series A
Shares, the “Preferred Shares”) at the redemption price of
$25.00 per share (the “Redemption Price”) plus any accrued
and unpaid dividends up to but excluding the redemption
date of June 30, 2021 (the “Redemption Date”).
On June 30, 2021, the Company redeemed all of its issued
and outstanding Preferred Shares in accordance with their
terms (as set out in the Company’s articles) at the
Redemption Price, less any tax required to be deducted or
withheld.
On the Redemption Date, there were 10,012,393 Series A
Shares and 1,987,607 Series B Shares issued and
outstanding. Accordingly, the aggregate Redemption Price
paid by Shaw on the Redemption Date to redeem the
Preferred Shares was $300 million.
Further information regarding the Transaction is contained in
the management information circular filed April 23, 2021
on Shaw’s SEDAR profile at www.sedar.com and EDGAR
profile at www.sec.gov/edgar.shtml.
Impact of Coronavirus (COVID-19) Pandemic
COVID-19 continues to significantly impact Canadians and
economies around the world as we experience new waves and
variants of the virus. The severity and duration of impacts
from the COVID-19 pandemic remain uncertain and
management continues to focus on the safety of our people,
most of whom continue to work from home, connectivity of
our customer base, compliance with guidelines and
requirements issued by various health authorities and
government organizations, and continuity of other critical
business operations. In fiscal 2021, Shaw’s networks have
proven their resiliency and performed well despite the
increase in usage and extended peak hours resulting from the
impacts of COVID-19.
While the financial impacts from COVID-19 in fiscal 2021
were not material, the situation is still uncertain in terms of
its magnitude, outcome, duration, resurgence and/or
subsequent waves/variants. Consumer behavior impacts
remain uncertain and could still change materially, including
the potential downward migration of services, acceleration of
cord-cutting and reduced ability to pay their bills, all due to
the challenging economic situation. Shaw Business, which
primarily serves the small and medium sized market,
continues to be particularly vulnerable to COVID-19 related
restrictions, including mandated business closures, capacity
restrictions or further social distancing measures.
Despite the absence of material financial impacts, the
pandemic affected the Company causing increased wireline
network usage as well as extended peak hours. The Company
also experienced increased demand for wireless voice
services and a decrease in wireless roaming revenue.
The Company’s business resumption plan, designed for the
gradual and safe re-introduction of employees to the
workplace, is being implemented in phases based on the
current risks posed by the pandemic and in response to
government-imposed restrictions on businesses and
individuals. We continue to be in constant contact with
public safety and government officials at all levels, as well
as key suppliers, partners and customers. As at the date of
this MD&A, the majority of our employees continue to work
from home, but our retail stores have re-opened, albeit some
in a reduced capacity.
12
Shaw Communications Inc. 2021 Annual Report

The environment remains uncertain in terms of the
pandemic’s magnitude, outcome and duration. Consumer
behaviors could still change materially, including the
potential downward migration of services, acceleration of
cord cutting and reduced ability of customers to pay their
bills, all due to an unpredictably challenging economic
situation. Shaw Business primarily serves the small and
medium sized market, which is particularly vulnerable to
COVID-19 related restrictions, including mandated business
closures, capacity restrictions or further social distancing
and/or vaccination verification measures.
As the COVID-19 pandemic continues to evolve, the
Company’s focus continues to be on the safety and health of
its employees, the reliability of its network infrastructure,
and the nimble responsiveness to our customers’ needs.
As an ongoing risk, the magnitude, outcome, duration,
resurgence and/or subsequent waves and variants of the
COVID-19 pandemic is still unknown and subject to a
significant amount of uncertainty at this time, as is the
efficacy and duration of the government interventions. For
further detail, see “Known Events, Trends, Risks and
Uncertainties – Coronavirus (COVID-19).”
Fiscal 2021 Highlights
Despite the continued challenging environment created by
the ongoing impact of the COVID-19 pandemic throughout
the year, in fiscal 2021, our business delivered consolidated
adjusted EBITDA growth of 4.6% year-over-year and free
cash flow of approximately $961 million while
demonstrating the resiliency and the critical nature of the
connectivity services we provide.
To deliver a seamless connectivity experience in the fast-
approaching 5G era, we announced our combination with
Rogers on March 15, 2021, followed by resounding support
from holders of the Class A Shares and Class B Shares at the
special meeting to approve the combination held on May 20,
2021. Rogers and Shaw recognize that we can do so much
more by coming together. Canadians, regardless of where
they reside, need access to these vital services which
requires significant ongoing investment, supported by a
stable regulatory framework. Throughout the extraordinary
change we have faced, the entire team at Shaw executed on
its fiscal 2021 plan, ensuring that we continue to meet the
needs of our customers. In the months ahead, we will
collectively work in support of closing the transaction with
Rogers.
In fiscal 2021, wireless investments included the
deployment of 700 MHz spectrum, which is virtually
complete in western Canada and 80% complete nationwide,
and 600 MHz spectrum, which reached 80% in Calgary and
60% in Vancouver and the greater Toronto area (the “GTA”).
While the network enhancements have contributed to
improving postpaid churn results, the increased competitive
activity, including the launch of unlimited plans and other
aggressive offers in the market, resulted in postpaid churn of
1.41% in fiscal 2021, which is comparable to the previous
fiscal year.
On April 6, 2021, ISED published its list of applicants to
participate in the 3500 MHz spectrum auction, confirming
that Shaw elected not to participate in the auction. The
auction commenced in June 2021 and provisional results
were published on July 29, 2021.
In fiscal 2021, Shaw Mobile continued its growth among
consumers in British Columbia and Alberta who want to bundle
their Shaw Wireline Internet services with mobile services.
Freedom Mobile continued to provide stable results in fiscal
2021 in the face of persistent competition in the wireless
market and significant challenges with retail closures during
the pandemic.
In fiscal 2021, the Company built upon its consumer Wireline
offerings with the introduction of a new speed tier – Fibre+
Gig 1.5 – to the majority of its western Canadian Wireline
operating footprint, specifically targeting heavy data users who
require ultrafast speeds. The Company subsequently
announced Shaw Gig WiFi with the release of the WiFi
6-certified Shaw Fibre+ Gateway 2.0 modem. Lastly, the
Company completed the roll-out of its IPTV services to 99.5%
of its Wireline operating footprint in western Canada.
Our Business division also continued to grow despite
challenging economic and social circumstances. The
introduction in February 2021 of a 1.5 gigabits-per-second
(Gbps) speed tier addresses the growing demand of
businesses for faster speeds and more bandwidth.
In fiscal 2021, the Company purchased 14,783,974 Class
B Shares for cancellation for a total cost of approximately
$336 million. In connection with the announcement of the
proposed Transaction on March 15, 2021, the Company
suspended share buybacks under its normal course issuer
bid (NCIB) program. As at the end of fiscal 2021, the net
debt leverage ratio was 2.3x1.
1 Net debt leverage ratio is a non-GAAP ratio and net debt, which is a component of net debt leverage ratio, is a non-GAAP
financial measure. Net debt leverage ratio and net debt are not standardized measures under IFRS and may not be a reliable
way to compare us to other companies. See “Key Performance Drivers” for further information about this measure and ratio.
Management’s Discussion & Analysis Shaw Communications Inc.
13

Global Technology Partnerships
Shaw has access to global-scale technology initiatives
through partnerships with best-in-class service and
equipment providers and innovation leaders. This approach
allows us to leverage our existing assets, where we have
strength and expertise, while also ensuring our investments
are aligned with industry leaders to support the
development, maintenance and advancement of new
technology where it is impractical, or we lack scale, for us to
do so on a standalone basis. This allows us to efficiently
deploy capital resources, and manage our costs, while
advancing the innovation, performance and reliability of our
products and services.
We have a series of significant and strategic relationships
with global leaders on the following initiatives:
•
Shaw BlueCurve, a technology that provides customers
with greater control over their home WiFi experience
(through the BlueCurve Home app and Pods) and
supports IPTV, is powered by the Fibre+ Gateway (XB6)
and Fibre+ Gateway 2.0 (XB7) Data over Cable Interface
Specification (DOCSIS) version 3.1 advanced WiFi
modems developed by Comcast (see discussion under
“Consumer Services”);
•
the deployment of our wireless LTE network, which was
designed, planned, and deployed in partnership with
NOKIA, a global leader in mobile wireless technology and
solutions (see discussion under “Wireless”); and
•
our “Smart” suite of business services that includes
SmartWiFi, SmartTarget, SmartSecurity,
SmartSurveillance, and Smart Remote Office, each in
collaboration with Cisco Meraki, as well as SmartVoice in
collaboration with Broadsoft (see discussion under
“Business Services”).
14
Shaw Communications Inc. 2021 Annual Report


2021 Wireless Revenue
70%  Service
30%  Equipment
and other
$1,272 MILLION
2020 Wireless Revenue
70%  Service
30%  Equipment
and other
$1,166 MILLION
2021
2020
(millions of Canadian dollars)
$
Increase
$
Increase
Service
891
9.3%
815
17.4%
Equipment and other
381
8.5%
351
(0.6%)
Wireless revenue
1,272
9.1%
1,166
11.4%
Adjusted EBITDA (1)
393 16.6%
337
69.3%
(1) See “Key Performance Drivers” for more information about this non-GAAP financial measure.
Our Wireless division provides wireless voice and data
services with the option of postpaid or prepaid billing. Our
Wireless division was formed following the acquisition of
Wind Mobile (now Freedom Mobile) in March 2016. Our
Wireless division covers approximately 50% of the Canadian
population with Shaw Mobile currently operating in British
Columbia and Alberta markets and Freedom Mobile
providing services in British Columbia, Alberta, and Ontario
markets.
Freedom Mobile Big Gig Unlimited, Absolute
Zero and Prepaid Plans
In fiscal 2021, Freedom Mobile continued its Big Gig
Unlimited and Absolute Zero campaigns. Paired with popular
devices and the strength and capacity of our LTE network,
our Big Gig Unlimited and Absolute Zero plans continue to
be available to Canadians.
Freedom Mobile customers can either bring their own device
to the network or participate in one of Freedom Mobile’s
discretionary wireless handset discount plans – MyTab or
Absolute Zero. MyTab allows Freedom Mobile customers to
pay a discounted price for a handset upfront and a
predetermined monthly Tab charge in addition to the rate
plan cost. Absolute Zero allows Freedom Mobile customers
to receive an eligible handset for $0 upfront, $0 extra per
month and $0 owing after 24 months.
Growth of Shaw Mobile
On July 30, 2020, the Company launched Shaw Mobile in
western Canadian markets. Leveraging Shaw’s LTE and
Fibre+ networks, along with Canada’s largest WiFi service,
Shaw Mobile provides Shaw Internet customers with an
innovative, more valuable connectivity experience.
Through fiscal 2021, western Canadians have enjoyed the
value that Shaw Mobile paired with Shaw’s Fibre+ network
delivers. Shaw Mobile provides Shaw Internet customers
with attractive bundling opportunities, combined with the
ability to customize their mobile data requirements through
two rate plans – By The Gig and Unlimited Data.
Wireless Distribution Network
In fiscal 2021, Freedom Mobile continued to modernize
Freedom-branded stores across the country with the key
focus on maximizing customer experience and the safety of
both our customers and employees considering the
COVID-19 environment. Freedom Mobile’s full suite of
products continue to be available in over 800 locations
across Ontario, Alberta, and British Columbia through our
corporate, dealer, and retail partners. In addition, we have
over 300 “countertop” and “grab & go” locations in
independent retail outlets and store-within-a-store
environments, catering specifically to the prepaid market.
During fiscal 2021, the Shaw Mobile retail presence
expanded by adding 11 net new locations to our corporate
network for a total of 32 as at August 31, 2021. Combined
with our national retail partners, Walmart and Loblaws and a
new partnership launched in August 2021 with Best Buy,
Shaw Mobile is now available at over 200 retail locations in
Alberta and British Columbia.
During the lockdowns and store closures in response to
COVID-19, the Company fostered the continued growth of its
total Wireless subscriber base by introducing self-serve
options and activations: Shaw Mobile, through SIM card
distribution to existing customers and Freedom Mobile
through online ordering of prepaid services and online chat
to order postpaid services.
16
Shaw Communications Inc. 2021 Annual Report

Wireless Network Upgrades
Supporting our Wireless revenue growth are the investments
we made in our wireless LTE network and customer service
capabilities. Wireless network investments to improve the
customer experience continue to be a priority in the areas in
which we operate and serve Wireless customers. Through
years of thoughtful and strategic capital investing, we have
evolved our facilities-based wireless network to meet the
needs of our Shaw Mobile and Freedom Mobile customers.
See “Shaw’s Wireless Network” for further details on Shaw’s
wireless network upgrades.
Seasonality in Wireless Subscriber Activity
Wireless subscriber activity is influenced by the launch of
popular new mobile devices, seasonal promotional periods
and the level of competitive intensity. Our first and fourth
quarters typically experience higher volumes of wireless
competitive activity as a result of back to school and holiday
season-related consumer behaviour. Aggressive promotional
offers are often advertised during these periods which can
impact our Wireless subscriber metrics. Shaw’s Wireless
business does not depend on any single customer or
concentration of customers.
Furthermore, due to uncertainties relating to the severity,
duration, and continuing impact of the COVID-19 pandemic,
it is difficult at this time to estimate the impacts of the
COVID-19 pandemic on our Wireless business and future
financial results. Therefore, the trends experienced during
the COVID-19 pandemic, including impacts on consumer
demand and spending, may not fully reflect the typical
seasonal variations experienced by our Wireless business.
Accordingly, it is difficult at this time to evaluate the
impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic on the seasonality
trends that normally characterize our Wireless business.
Management’s Discussion & Analysis Shaw Communications Inc.
17


2021 Wireline Revenue
86% Consumer
14% Business
$4,249 MILLION
2020 Wireline Revenue
87% Consumer
13% Business
$4,250 MILLION
2021
2020
(millions of Canadian dollars)
$
Increase /
(Decrease)
$
Increase /
(Decrease)
Consumer
3,665
(0.5%)
3,683
(1.6%)
Business
584
3.0%
567
1.8%
Wireline revenue
4,249
—
4,250
(1.2%)
Adjusted EBITDA (1)
2,107
2.6%
2,054
5.1%
(1) See “Key Performance Drivers” for more information about this non-GAAP financial measure.
In our Wireline business, we have focused on enhancing our
Fibre+ network and the in-home WiFi experience with Gig
WiFi. In fiscal 2021, we continued to streamline and
simplify manual processes that improve the customer
experience and day-to-day operations for our employees,
while still providing the necessary in-person engagements to
support the customer experience.
In fiscal 2021, our focus remained on profitable growth and
stable Wireline results. This included growth in higher
quality Internet subscribers and improving overall customer
account profitability by attracting and retaining higher value
households with our 2-year ValuePlans for those who want
faster Internet with a better customer experience in addition
to Video and Wireless services. Through our introduction of
Shaw Mobile and the bundling opportunities it provides, in
fiscal 2021, more customers migrated to our higher tier
Fibre+ Internet offerings which resulted in lower Internet
churn.
Consumer Services
Our Consumer division provides residential customers with
connectivity experiences on two platforms:
•
Wireline Services – we provide broadband Internet, Shaw
Go WiFi, Video and Phone services to customers
connected to our local and regional Fibre+ network in
British Columbia, Alberta, Saskatchewan, Manitoba and
northern Ontario
•
Satellite Services – we provide satellite Video services
through Shaw Direct to customers across Canada
Internet
Shaw’s residential Internet service offering is segmented into
the following three tiers:
1.
Fibre+ Max;
2.
Fibre+ Essentials; and
3.
Fibre+ Basics
to provide our consumers with a choice of download speeds
ranging from up to 10 megabits-per-second (Mbps) to up to
1.5 Gbps.
In fiscal 2021, we continued to make investments in our
Shaw Fibre+ network to meet the unprecedented demands
for Internet access from our customers in fiscal 2021. We
also introduced new services that respond to these rapidly
evolving demands, while also aligning with our focus on
profitable growth and stability.
In November 2020, the Company announced the launch of
Fibre+ Gig 1.5 – a new Internet plan designed to provide
gamers, streamers and other heavy data users with the speed
and bandwidth they need for the many connected devices
and data-heavy applications they use every day at home.
For our customers with harder to reach areas in their homes,
Shaw’s Fibre+ WiFi Pods create a mesh WiFi network to
improve the overall customer experience. In September 2020,
the Company introduced its next generation Fibre+ WiFi Pods
to customers in Manitoba and Ontario, and to all customers in
our Wireline operating footprint in December 2020. The new
Pods are faster and have more range than the first generation
which allows the Fibre+ Gateway modem to provide even more
consistent WiFi coverage throughout the home by reducing
WiFi dead spots.
Management’s Discussion & Analysis Shaw Communications Inc.
19

In April 2021, the Company deployed its next generation
Fibre+ Gateway 2.0 modem, powered by Comcast, which, as
the first WiFi 6-certified modem in Canada, paved the way
for the launch of Shaw Gig WiFi to most of our major
markets in western Canada. Shaw Gig WiFi delivers WiFi
download speeds across multiple devices of up to 1 Gbps,
with reduced latency and a more consistent WiFi signal for
our customers to connect all their devices at home. The
Fibre+ Gateway 2.0 modem also includes a 2.5 Gbps port
and can enable speeds beyond 1 Gbps to a wired device
and/or multiple wireless devices in aggregate.
With over 3.6 million devices authenticated on our network
and over 110,000 public access points covering locations
from British Columbia to Ontario, we continue to see growth
in usage of our Shaw Go WiFi network for Shaw Internet and
Wireless customers. As an added value proposition, Wireless
customers have access to over 950,000 additional
“hotspots” by way of our Home Hotspot deployment.
In fiscal 2021, we continued to focus on our 2-year
ValuePlans, which provide customers with price certainty
over the term and resulted in lower churn rates on those
plans.
Video
Our Wireline Video services offer a wide selection of
standard definition (SD) and high definition (HD) television
channels with access to a large selection of on-demand
titles, including both free and paid movies, television shows,
and music content.
Our Video customers can choose pre-selected packages with
the most popular channels or start with a basic primary
package and then add additional channels from a variety of
sports, family, and other theme specialty packages, as well as
individual channels offered on a channel-by-channel basis.
Leveraging our strategic partnership with Comcast, in fiscal
2021, we completed the deployment of our all-IP Video
services, which are now available across 99.5% of our
western Canadian Wireline operating footprint. We also
continued to add new over-the-top (OTT) apps, including
StingRay Music, Hayu, and Fite TV.
Our customers also have access to the BlueCurve TV app,
which is free for all Shaw Video (Cable and Shaw Direct)
customers and makes their TV subscription available over
the Internet and on mobile devices. This includes access to
live TV, video-on-demand, up to 200 hours of a customer’s
personal video recordings (PVR) from the cloud, and the
ability to download any recordings to take on the go. In fiscal
2021, we enhanced Shaw TV by enabling customers to cast
content from the BlueCurve TV app to their Chromecast-
enabled devices.
Phone
Our Phone service offers a full-featured residential digital
telephone service through our wireline network as a
complement to our broadband Internet and Video services.
Broadcast Services
Shaw Broadcast Services utilizes our satellite network to
provide distribution of English, French, third-language,
Canadian, US, and International television and radio
programming services to hundreds of multichannel operators.
Wholesale Wireline Network Services
Using our national and regional access wireline networks, we
provide services to Internet service providers (ISPs), other
communications companies, broadcasters, governments, and
other businesses and organizations that require end-to-end
Internet and data connectivity in Canada and the United
States. We also engage in public and private peering
arrangements with high-speed connections to major North
American, European, and Asian networks and other tier-one
backbone carriers. All service solutions are sold on 1, 3, or
5-year contract terms and pricing is negotiated based on the
specific solution provided to the customer.
20
Shaw Communications Inc. 2021 Annual Report

Satellite Services
Shaw Direct connects families across Canada with video and
audio programming by satellite. Shaw Direct customers have
access to over 370 digital video channels (including over
350 HD channels) and thousands of on-demand,
pay-per-view (PPV) and subscription movie and television
titles. In May 2020, the Company completed network
upgrades which provided the ability for us to deliver English
and French services in HD where available.
Our satellite customers are offered flexibility with each of
our current primary TV packages, which include a base set of
channels and tiered customization options depending on the
size of the TV package. Shaw Direct customers can further
customize their TV packages by adding additional theme
packs, premium packages, and individual channels.
Shaw Direct is one of two licensed satellite Video services
currently available across Canada. While Shaw Direct has
many customers in urban centres, market penetration for
satellite Video is generally stronger in rural areas. The
service is marketed through Shaw Direct and a nationwide
distribution network of third-party retailers.
During fiscal 2021, Anik F1R reached the end of its
serviceable life and was decommissioned. The Company
consolidated all Shaw Direct services onto two satellites,
Anik G1 and Anik F2. Additional capacity was secured on
Anik F3 to support C-band distribution provided by Shaw
Broadcast Services.
A listing of our satellite capacity is provided below as at
August 31, 2021:
Shaw Satellite Transponders
Transponders
Interest
Nature of
Satellite
Anik G1
16 xKu-band
Leased
Anik F2
22 Ku-band
Leased(1)
Anik F3 (2)
1 C-band
Leased
(1) Effective October 1, 2019, the Company transferred its interest
in 16 Anik F2 transponders, which it previously owned, back to
Telesat Canada (“Telesat”), adjusted its satellite traffic on the
Anik F1R and Anik F2 satellites, and renewed its capacity
service agreements on 6 Anik F1R Ku-band transponders and 16
Anik F2 Ku-band transponders until the effective end-of-life date
of such satellites.
(2) With Anik F1R reaching its end of serviceable life in fiscal 2021,
Shaw leased capacity on Anik F3 to continue to provide
distribution for a Shaw Broadcast Services customer on C-band
to enable the customer to distribute its signals primarily
throughout the arctic.
Seasonality in Consumer Subscriber Activity
While financial results for the Consumer division are
generally not subject to significant seasonal fluctuations,
subscriber activity may fluctuate from one quarter to
another. Subscriber activity may also be affected by
competition and Shaw’s promotional activity. Further,
satellite subscriber activity is modestly higher around the
summertime when more subscribers have second homes in
use. Our Consumer Video business does not depend on any
single customer or concentration of customers.
Furthermore, due to uncertainties relating to the severity,
duration and continuing impact of the COVID-19 pandemic,
it is difficult at this time to estimate the impacts of the
COVID-19 pandemic on our business and future financial
results. Therefore, the trends experienced during the
COVID-19 pandemic, including impacts on consumer
demand and spending, may not fully reflect the typical
seasonal variations experienced by our Consumer Wireline
business. Accordingly, it is difficult at this time to evaluate
the impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic on the seasonality
trends that normally characterize our Consumer Wireline
business.
Management’s Discussion & Analysis Shaw Communications Inc.
21


Business Services
Shaw Business provides connectivity solutions to business
customers of all sizes, from home offices to medium and
large-scale enterprises, by leveraging our business grade
Fibre+ and fibre-to-the-premise (FTTP) networks.
The range of services offered by Shaw Business includes:
Fibre Internet
Our scalable, symmetrical fibre Internet solutions offer
download speeds that range from up to 10 Mbps to more
than 10 Gbps.
Business Internet
Shaw Business customers can choose from four packages
with download speeds ranging from up to 75 Mbps to up to
1.5 Gbps. Each package comes with unlimited data usage as
well as one dynamic and one static IP address.
In fiscal 2021, we announced the launch of a new 1.5 Gbps
speed tier designed to give businesses of all sizes the speeds
and bandwidth they need to use the data-heavy applications
and cloud services required to manage and grow their
operations. This new speed tier allows both new and existing
customers to access download speeds up to 1.5 Gbps
through one of two plans – Business Internet Gig 1.5 and
SmartWiFi Gig 1.5.
Data Connectivity
Shaw Business provides secure private connectivity for
business customers operating at multiple locations or
connecting branch locations to a head office. Our Ethernet
over DOCSIS (EoD) data service offers our customers
symmetrical data speeds of up to 100 Mbps.
Voice Solutions
Shaw Business offers voice solutions from traditional analog
to digital Business Phone and robust, fully-managed voice
systems with unified communications functionality.
In addition to competitive long-distance rates across the
globe and month-to-month uncontracted rates, Shaw
Business Phone customers have 2, 3, and 5-year contract
options to provide cost consistency for their business.
Video
Shaw Business provides Video and audio services for public
viewing. Similar to our Consumer Video service, Business
cable and satellite customers can choose from a selection of
primary channel packages and may add from a variety of
sports, family, and other theme specialty packages, and a
number of individual channels that we offer on a
channel-by-channel basis.
In February 2021, Shaw Business launched Community
Living WiFi. Similar to our Hotel WiFi Casting product,
Community Living WiFi provides a new market, independent
senior facilities, with connectivity that allows their residents
to cast video content from their personal devices to the
television in their suite. This property management solution
streamlines the guest authentication experience and is an
entirely cloud-based solution that gives property owners the
ability to monitor usage and network status.
Broadcast Video
Shaw Business delivers high-quality Video to service
providers across North America in real time.
Collaboration Tools
Shaw Business offers a robust collaboration product offering,
including Microsoft 365 to small and medium sized
businesses. The solution includes Microsoft 365 Business
Basic and Business Standard products.
Smart Suite Services
Shaw Business collaborates with global scale technology
leaders to offer its “Smart” suite of managed business
communications solutions. The Smart suite of services
provides cost-effective enterprise grade managed IT and
communications solutions for businesses of all sizes.
The Smart suite of services includes:
SmartVoice
SmartVoice is a unified communications solution that
integrates instant messaging, presence, email, video
conferencing, and a mobile application that is built on
Broadsoft’s BroadWorks platform. From comprehensive
traditional phone features such as auto-attendant, hunt
groups, and call recording to collaboration tools such as
instant messenger and screen sharing, SmartVoice gives
businesses the flexibility to work in innovative and efficient
ways.
SmartVoice offers three different levels of packaging based
on business needs and is available on 2, 3, or 5-year
contract terms.
SmartWiFi
SmartWiFi is a fully-managed Internet solution deployed over
Cisco Meraki’s platform that provides wireless connectivity
for employees, customers, and guests in the business
location. SmartWiFi also enables access to a cloud portal
where customers can manage their service, configure their
set service identifiers (SSIDs) to gain insight from network
analytics, and create a custom dashboard.
Available at download speeds of up to 75 Mbps, 300 Mbps,
750 Mbps, 1 Gbps, and 1.5 Gpbs and including wireless
access points, SmartWiFi provides our Shaw Business
customers with WiFi coverage on 1, 2, 3, or 5-year contract
terms.
Management’s Discussion & Analysis Shaw Communications Inc.
23

In the first quarter of fiscal 2021, we began increasing
upload speeds for certain SmartWiFi packages. We also
upgraded our 600 Mbps speed tier to 750 Mbps and
introduced a new tier – SmartWiFi 300 with download
speeds of up to 300 Mbps paired with upload speeds of up
to 125 Mbps.
Smart Remote Office
Smart Remote Office allows business customers’ employees
to securely connect to their head office from anywhere. Smart
Remote Office is a plug-and-play, no-touch provisioning
solution that provides security and virtual private network
(VPN) tunneling for employees working remotely.
SmartSecurity
SmartSecurity is a fully-managed network security platform
deployed over Cisco Meraki’s platform that protects a wired
and WiFi network at the edge with access control, virus
protection, the ability to control which applications run on
the network, content filtering, and the connection of branch
locations. A SmartSecurity premium package also includes
the ability to set-up a secure VPN.
Shaw Business also offers LTE Backup, an add-on service for
SmartSecurity which provides redundancy through a
secondary Internet connection that ensures seamless and
automatic failover in case of an outage.
SmartSecurity is available when bundled with SmartWiFi or
Business Internet on 3 or 5-year contract terms.
SmartSurveillance
SmartSurveillance is a fully-managed, enterprise-grade
security camera solution deployed over Cisco Meraki’s
platform. Managed through a cloud-portal,
SmartSurveillance enables business owners to view footage
and manage their cameras from anywhere using an intuitive
on-line dashboard.
Sophisticated features, such as motion-based search and
heat mapping, allow owners to quickly find footage of
interest and identify activity patterns. SmartSurveillance can
be bundled with SmartWiFi or Business Internet 75 and
above on a 3 or 5-year contract term.
SmartTarget
SmartTarget is an all-in-one marketing and advanced
insights solution that leverages the power of SmartWiFi and
a new technology to give business owners a better
understanding of their customers’ wants and needs to help
increase traffic at their physical locations, boost revenue,
and build relationships with their customers.
With SmartTarget available as an add-on service to Shaw’s
SmartWiFi, business owners can get customer demographic
insights when visitors join the business owner’s guest WiFi
network. Once their visitors/customers have opted-in, business
owners can use the SmartTarget solution to create targeted
emails, surveys, and coupons to help increase customer
loyalty, build relationships, and boost store revenues.
Software Defined Wide Area Network (SD-WAN)
SD-WAN provides businesses with a better way to connect
multiple offices in a scalable and cost-effective manner on a
cloud-managed platform. With integrated security, multiple
Internet links, seamless LTE failover, and intelligent path
control, SD-WAN enables companies to deploy a resilient,
cost-effective, and high-bandwidth connectivity solution.
Powered in partnership with Cisco Meraki, SD-WAN sites are
connected by Internet links secured by our SmartSecurity
service which provides network protection and cloud-based
security policy updates to protect businesses from the latest
vulnerabilities and network threats.
Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) Trunking
Our next-generation SIP Trunking solution, on the Broadsoft
platform, delivers a centralized voice solution managed in an
easy-to-use cloud portal. SIP allows customers to pay only
for what they need with the ability to scale the system
quickly as their businesses grow.
The integration with Broadsoft’s platform provides
businesses with access to unified communications features
such as video conferencing, call queuing, and auto-
attendant as well as the ability to join offices with
SmartVoice and SIP into the same environment to reduce
costs and increase efficiency.
Business Subscriber Activity
Despite the challenging circumstances due to the impacts of
COVID-19 and the fact that 70% of Shaw Business revenue
comes from the highly impacted small to medium sized
business sector, Shaw Business still managed to achieve
year-over-year revenue growth of approximately 3%. The
majority of growth came from our small to medium sized
business channel which demonstrates the resilience of this
sector, the strength of our Smart suite of products, targeted
“back to business promotions” and our sales efforts.
24
Shaw Communications Inc. 2021 Annual Report

Our Converged Network
Throughout the challenging and unprecedented events
brought about by the COVID-19 pandemic, we are proud of
the strength of our converged networks, which are not just
the core of our digital infrastructure – they are the backbone
of our country’s social and economic wellbeing. Connectivity
has never been more critical for Canadians, and the
importance of converged networks will only grow with
Canada’s accelerating digital transformation.
Shaw’s Wireline Network
Our Fibre+ network combines the power of fibre, coaxial
cable, and WiFi, and consists of our:
•
North American fibre backbone;
•
regional fibre optic and co-axial distribution networks;
and
•
local Shaw Go WiFi connectivity.
In fiscal 2021, Shaw launched its Fibre+ 1.5 Gigabit speed
tier to the majority of its western Canadian Wireline operating
footprint, while also increasing the upload speed of its Fibre+
300, 750, Gig and 1.5 Gig tiers to up to 100 Mbps. Both of
these upgrades were enabled by the deployment of DOCSIS
3.1 and Shaw’s industry leading Mid-Split program, which
significantly expands usable spectrum on the coaxial “last-
mile” of Shaw’s Fibre+ network.
The challenges and disruptions associated with the
COVID-19 pandemic continued to drive increased network
usage and extended peak hours in fiscal 2021. Despite the
unprecedented and sustained increase in network demands,
Shaw was able to maintain our virtually congestion free
Internet experience, regardless of the time of day. Prior
investments in our network infrastructure, and our Mid-Split
upgrade in particular, allowed Shaw to quickly and
seamlessly activate additional capacity. The design and
resilient nature of Shaw’s regional distribution and backbone
networks also ensured our services remained stable during
this time. The COVID-19 pandemic highlighted the critical
importance of efficient, ongoing investment in facilities-
based broadband networks.
Wireline Backbone
The backbone of Shaw’s wireline network includes terabits of
capacity over multiple fibres on two diverse cross-North
America routes. The southern route principally consists of
approximately 7,000 route kilometres of fibre located on
routes between Seattle and New York City (via Vancouver,
Calgary, Regina, Winnipeg, Toronto, Chicago, and Buffalo).
The northern route consists of approximately 5,000 route
kilometres of fibre between Prince George and Montreal (via
Edmonton, Saskatoon, Winnipeg, Thunder Bay, Toronto, and
Ottawa). Current fibre construction to extend our northern
route from Prince George to North Vancouver is underway in
collaboration with the federal government’s Connect to
Innovate and Connecting British Columbia programs.
Management’s Discussion & Analysis Shaw Communications Inc.
25

These routes, along with a number of other secured capacity
routes, provide redundancy for the network. Shaw also uses
a marine route consisting of approximately 330 route
kilometres from Seattle to Vancouver (via Victoria), and has
secured additional capacity on routes between a number of
cities, including (i) Vancouver and Calgary, (ii) Seattle and
San Jose, (iii) Seattle and Calgary, (iv) Seattle and
Vancouver, (v) Toronto and New York City, (vi) Toronto and
Montreal, (vii) Edmonton and Fort McMurray, and
(viii) Denver and Calgary.
During fiscal 2021, Shaw continued to increase the capacity
on numerous backbone links to stay ahead of COVID-19
related growth in traffic.
Regional Distribution Network
We connect our backbone network to residential and
business customers through our regional fibre optic and
Fibre+ distribution networks.
Over the past decade, Shaw has driven fibre optic cable into
every neighborhood we serve. Today, our customers’ Internet
traffic runs over a route comprising over 99.9% fibre optic
cable. In the last few hundred metres between our fibre
nodes in customers’ neighborhoods and the home or business
we serve, we leverage coaxial cable to deliver gigabit speeds
to over 99% of our residential customers located in our
western Canadian Wireline operating footprint. In 2020, we
officially rebranded our broadband tiers to “Fibre+” to reflect
the true nature of our network and to better articulate the
strength of our network technology and strategy.
In fiscal 2021, we continued to leverage our DOCSIS 3.1
technology and Fibre+ Gateway 2.0 modem to launch our
Fibre+ 1.5 Gig speed tier to the majority of homes and
businesses across our western Canadian Wireline operating
footprint. In fiscal 2021, we completed our Mid-Split
program in our top 5 markets, and as of the date of this
MD&A, the Mid-Split program was substantially completed
across our western Canadian operating footprint. This
upgrade allowed us to increase the upstream and
downstream capacity available on our Fibre+ distribution
network. Shaw was also able to quickly leverage this capacity
during the COVID-19 pandemic to not only prevent network
congestion, but to also launch our new Fibre+ Gig and 1.5
Gig speed tiers to virtually every home we serve in our
western Canadian Wireline operating footprint.
In fiscal 2021, Shaw continued to optimize the capacity and
efficiency of our wireline network by deploying fibre optic
cable deeper into our access networks and closer to where
our customers reside. We continue to increase the number of
optical serving areas or “nodes” in the wireline network. This
is a continuous process that we apply year-over-year to
increase fibre optic usage in our wireline network. Driving
fibre deeper into our network also supports wireless and
business service deployments, as well as future services
such as 5G, FTTP, or the newly released DOCSIS 4.0
specification, which are all potential building blocks for
multi-gigabit symmetrical services over our existing
infrastructure.
Additionally, in fiscal 2021, Shaw continued to leverage our
converged network to enable the rapid and flexible
deployment of small cells in support of our wireless network
and preparations for 5G, due to the ability of our Fibre+
network to transport both power and multi-gigabit data
speeds on one cable.
Shaw Go WiFi
Shaw has built Canada’s most extensive WiFi network, Shaw
Go WiFi. Shaw Go WiFi broadens a Shaw Internet customer’s
broadband experience beyond the home as a valuable
extension of our customer wireline network experience. Over
3.6 million devices have authenticated to our carrier-grade
Shaw Go WiFi network and there are over 110,000 public
access points used by our customers in coffee shops,
restaurants, gyms, malls, public transit, and other public
spaces covering locations from British Columbia to Ontario.
In addition to these public access points, Wireless customers
can seamlessly access more than 950,000 Home Hotspots
across western Canada, making it easier to stream and
download at a friend’s or relative’s home.
In fiscal 2021, we continued investing in Shaw Go WiFi by
upgrading some of the core elements and significantly
increasing the number of Home Hotspots available for
Wireless customers.
Shaw’s Wireless Network
Supporting our Wireless revenue growth are the significant
investments in our wireless network and customer service
capabilities. We continued to execute on our operating plan
to improve our network and deploy spectrum in an efficient
manner. Wireless network investments to improve the
customer experience continued to be a priority in the areas
in which we operate and serve customers.
Shaw partnered with NOKIA to roll-out our next generation
LTE wireless network in our existing markets in Ontario,
Alberta, and British Columbia. In fiscal 2021, we continued
to deploy our Extended Range LTE network, which leverages
our 700 MHz wireless spectrum, to provide customers with
improved in-building coverage as well as extending coverage.
At the end of fiscal 2021, the deployment of our 700 MHz
spectrum was virtually complete in western Canada and
approximately 80% complete nationwide.
In fiscal 2021, Shaw continued to deploy its 600 MHz
spectrum. At the end of fiscal 2021, the deployment of
600 MHz reached 80% coverage in Calgary and 60%
coverage in Vancouver and the GTA.
In fiscal 2021, the Company continued to deploy small cell
technologies (low powered wireless antennas and receivers
26
Shaw Communications Inc. 2021 Annual Report

with a range of 100m – 200m) designed to enhance
coverage and performance in dense urban locations. As high-
power towers keep the network signal strong across large
distances, small cells suit more densely developed areas like
city centres and popular venues by providing LTE/VoLTE
quality speed, capacity, and coverage improvements in these
high traffic areas. The deployment of small cell technology
was further enhanced by the activation of additional macro
sites and the recent upgrades to our Fibre+ network that
provide the ability to power and backhaul network traffic.
In fiscal 2021, our operational support systems were
enhanced to streamline customer activation capabilities and
provide proactive monitoring capabilities to assist our
operational teams with awareness of potential service issues
in order to address them before they arise or to mitigate
customer impact.
Private Wireless Networks
Shaw continues to provide Canadian market leadership in
the Private Wireless Network space and build on its
momentum, specifically within the mining industry. A
Private Wireless Network (previously referred to as “Private
LTE”) is a complete, standalone cellular network that is used
exclusively by the end customer for their business
operations. In fiscal 2021, our first customer, Teck
Resources Limited (“Teck”), moved to the production phase
in their Private Wireless Network, enabling Autonomous
Haulage Services at their Elkview operations in Sparwood,
British Columbia. Contracts were also awarded for Teck’s
Highland Valley Copper Operations near Logan Lake, British
Columbia in 2021.
Shaw continues to work with other industry partners to
develop and deploy Private Wireless Networks.
Spectrum Holdings
Our Wireless division holds spectrum licences in British
Columbia, Alberta, southern Ontario, and eastern Ontario. In
some cases, licences are issued on a Tier 2 basis, which
cover the relevant province or a large region within the
relevant province. In other cases, licences are issued on a
Tier 3 basis, which cover smaller regions within a province.
On a Tier 2 basis, the Wireless division currently holds
40-50 MHz of AWS-1 and AWS-3 spectrum, 30 MHz of 600
MHz spectrum, and 10 MHz of 700 MHz spectrum in each
of British Columbia, Alberta, and southern Ontario. In the
Tier 2 area of eastern Ontario, the Wireless division holds 20
MHz of 600 MHz spectrum and 10 MHz of AWS-1
spectrum. In some Tier 3 regions within British Columbia,
Alberta, southern Ontario, and eastern Ontario, the Wireless
division holds an additional 0-40 MHz of 2500 MHz
spectrum and 0-10 MHz of AWS-1 spectrum.
Climate Change and Environmental
Responsibility
Shaw is committed to delivering a seamless connectivity
experience to Canadians in an environmentally responsible
and sustainable manner. A key focus area for the Company
involves efficiency and innovation, which includes:
•
Reducing Consumption – we support efforts to reduce
employee, customer and enterprise consumption of:
a)
Energy – through the use of energy efficient
technologies;
b)
Water – by reducing water consumption in Shaw
owned buildings; and
c)
Paper – by continuing to promote e-bill and efficient
printing behaviours amongst employees and
customers to reduce paper use by shifting
interactions to digital platforms as part of the
Company’s digital transformation.
•
Waste Reduction – to reduce employee, customer and
enterprise waste we have implemented waste diversion
and e-waste recycling programs and reduced single-use
items in our marketing campaigns and packaging.
•
Reducing Carbon Emissions – to reduce Shaw’s carbon
footprint through reduction (e.g., LED lighting, high-
efficiency boilers, e-billing, reduced truck rolls due to
increased consumer self-install of customer premises
equipment (CPE)) and market-based instruments (e.g.,
renewable energy, offsets);
•
Engagement and Awareness – to continuously drive
employee, customer and enterprise awareness of Shaw’s
environmental initiatives. Engaging employees in our
journey – through the establishment of green teams, earth
week, and waste reduction initiatives – to advance our
goals of educating and sharing common beliefs and
values around environmental sustainability.
Shaw is also a signatory of the Canadian Energy Efficiency
Voluntary Agreement (CEEVA) with respect to Set-Top Boxes
(STBs) and Small Network Equipment (SNE). CEEVA aims to
significantly reduce the total annual energy consumption
used by STBs and SNEs in Canada.
Environmental and Social Governance
On December 7, 2020, Shaw issued its inaugural
environmental, social and governance (ESG) report to
provide stakeholders (i.e., customers, employees, investors,
supply chain partners and regulators) with an overview of our
ESG program, including Shaw’s goals and actions. Shaw’s
ESG report can be found at https://www.shaw.ca/corporate/
environmental-social-governance.
Management’s Discussion & Analysis Shaw Communications Inc.
27

GOVERNMENT REGULATIONS AND
REGULATORY DEVELOPMENTS
Substantially all of the Company’s Canadian business
activities are subject to regulations and policies established
under various pieces of legislation, including the
Broadcasting Act (Canada) (“Broadcasting Act”), the
Telecommunications Act (Canada) (“Telecommunications
Act”), the Radiocommunication Act (Canada)
(“Radiocommunication Act”), and the Copyright Act
(Canada) (“Copyright Act”). Regulation of broadcasting and
telecommunications is generally administered by the
Canadian Radio-television and Telecommunications
Commission (CRTC or the “Commission”) under the
supervision of the Department of Canadian Heritage
(“Canadian Heritage”) and ISED, respectively. The allocation
and use of wireless spectrum in Canada are governed by
spectrum licences issued by, and radio authorization
conditions set by, ISED pursuant to the
Radiocommunication Act.
Limits on Non-Canadian Ownership and
Control
Neither a holding company that has a subsidiary operating
company licensed under the Broadcasting Act, nor any such
licensee, may be controlled in fact by non-Canadians, the
determination of which is a question of fact within the
jurisdiction of the CRTC. Pursuant to the Direction to the
CRTC (Ineligibility of Non-Canadians) (the “Direction”),
non-Canadians are permitted to own and control, directly or
indirectly, up to 33.3% of the voting shares and 33.3% of
the votes of a holding company that has a subsidiary
operating company licensed under the Broadcasting Act. In
addition, up to 20% of the voting shares and 20% of the
votes of a licensee may be owned and controlled, directly or
indirectly, by non-Canadians. As well, the chief executive
officer (CEO) and not less than 80% of the board of
directors of the licensee must be resident Canadians. There
are no restrictions on the number of non-voting shares that
may be held by non-Canadians at either the holding
company or licensee level. If a holding company of a
licensee does not satisfy the requirement that 80% of its
board of directors be resident Canadians, it must have a
CRTC-approved Independent Programming Committee (IPC)
in place to ensure that neither the holding company nor its
directors exercise control or influence over the programming
decisions of its subsidiary licensee. With CRTC approval,
Shaw has implemented an IPC to comply with the Direction.
Limits on non-Canadian ownership apply to certain Canadian
carriers pursuant to the Telecommunications Act, the
Radiocommunication Act and associated regulations, except
that there is no requirement that the CEO be a resident
Canadian of a company operating pursuant to those Acts.
Instead, the Telecommunications Act, the
Radiocommunication Act and associated regulations require
only that 80% of the voting shares of such entities be held by
resident Canadians. The Canadian ownership requirements do
not apply to wireline and wireless telecommunications carriers
that have annual revenues from the provision of
telecommunications services in Canada that represent less
than 10% of the total annual revenues for the sector.
The Company’s Articles contain measures to ensure the
Company continues to comply with applicable Canadian
ownership requirements and its ability to obtain, amend, or
renew a license to carry on any business. Shaw must file a
compliance report annually with the CRTC confirming that it
is eligible to operate in Canada as a telecommunications
common carrier.
Broadcasting Act
Pursuant to the Broadcasting Act, the CRTC is mandated to
regulate and supervise all aspects of the broadcasting
system in a flexible manner. The Broadcasting Act requires
broadcast distribution undertakings (BDUs) to give priority to
the carriage of Canadian services; to provide efficient
delivery of programming services at affordable rates; to
provide reasonable terms for the carriage, packaging and
retailing of those programming services; and provides the
option to operate a community channel. Under the
Broadcasting Act, the Governor in Council (GIC) may issue
broad policy directions of general application on matters
with respect to the objectives of Canada’s broadcasting
policy and related regulatory policy.
The Broadcasting Act also sets out requirements for
programming services with respect to Canadian content. The
Company’s broadcasting distribution business and
on-demand programming services depend on licences (or
operate under an exemption order) granted and issued by the
CRTC under the Broadcasting Act. Pursuant to CRTC
regulations, the Company is required to contribute 5% of its
cable and direct-to-home (DTH) BDUs’ gross revenues to
support the production of Canadian programming.
Licensing and Ownership
The Company’s cable licences are subject to a five-year
term, expiring August 31, 2023. The Company’s DTH and
Satellite Relay Distribution Undertaking (SRDU) licences are
subject to a seven-year term, expiring August 31, 2026.
The Company’s on-demand licence is subject to a five-year
term expiring August 31, 2022. The Company’s terrestrial
and DTH PPV licences are both subject to five-year terms
expiring August 31, 2024.
28
Shaw Communications Inc. 2021 Annual Report

New Media
The CRTC has issued a digital media exemption order
requiring that Internet-based and mobile point-to-point
broadcasting services not offer television programming on an
exclusive or preferential basis in a manner that depends on
subscription to a specific mobile or retail Internet service
and not confer an undue preference or disadvantage. The
CRTC has not imposed any levy on the revenue of exempt
digital media undertakings to support Canadian content.
Potential Legislative Changes
On November 3, 2020, the Minister of Heritage introduced a
bill to amend the Broadcasting Act (“Bill C-10”). Bill C-10
provided the basis for a new legislative regime that would
recognize that new classes of service providers, including
Canadian and non-Canadian online broadcasting services
and platforms, are part of Canada’s broadcasting system, in
addition to current classes that include terrestrial and DTH
BDUs and programmers. On June 14, 2021, the Standing
Committee presented its report on Bill C-10 with
amendments in the House of Commons, and on June 22,
2021, the House of Commons passed the Bill. As of the
prorogation of the 43rd Parliament, on August 15, 2021, Bill
C-10 remained before the Senate. The Liberal Party, which
secured a minority government in the 2021 federal election,
indicated in its election platform that they would introduce
legislation to reform the Broadcasting Act within the first
100 days following re-election, and modernize funding tools
that support Canada’s audio-visual sector.
Any changes to the Broadcasting Act and related regulations
– pursuant to the introduction of a bill that is substantially
similar to Bill C-10 or that proposes different or additional
provisions – alone or in combination with the maintenance of
existing regulatory measures applicable to the Company’s
cable and DTH services could impact the business practices
of the Company; result in the imposition of new fees and
costs on the Company’s cable, DTH, or digital media
services; allow for the introduction of new competition in the
provision of broadcasting distribution services; and/or
negatively impact the Company’s financial results from
broadcasting.
Other Potential New or Increased Fees and
Costs
New fees and costs could also be imposed pursuant to CRTC
regulation, with or without legislative changes. The
Commission indicated that in 2020-2021 it will consider
whether to examine new mechanisms to support television
news production. If the CRTC were to implement support for
television news production through increased access by
broadcasters to subscription revenue, it would increase costs
for the Company. Additionally, the Commission indicated
that in 2021-2022 it will “examine options for the
appropriate measures needed to ensure that all content
providers on all platforms contribute to the creation of
Canadian content in both official languages, that Canadian
content is promoted and given appropriate prominence, and
that it is easily accessible by Canadians.” Implementation of
new regulatory measures with the foregoing objectives could
result in new fees payable by the Company’s cable, DTH or
digital media services; impact the business practices of the
Company, including through new distribution and promotion
requirements, with increased costs payable by the
Company’s cable, DTH, or digital media services; and/or
negatively impact the Company’s financial results from
broadcasting.
Sections 21 and 49 of the CRTC’s Broadcasting Distribution
Regulations (the “BDU Regulations”) currently state that a
cable BDU must obtain the consent of an over-the-air (OTA)
broadcaster in order to distribute its signal in a distant
market. In the case of DTH BDUs, the BDU Regulations
permit the distribution of local OTA television signals on a
distant basis without consent within the province of origin,
but the BDU Regulations state that DTH BDUs must obtain
broadcaster consent to deliver an OTA television signal
out-of-province, unless the DTH BDU is required to carry the
signal out-of-province on its basic service. There are
questions as to the jurisdictional validity of sections 21 and
49 of the BDU Regulations, which are currently being
considered by the CRTC pursuant to an application by
Rogers Media Inc. (RMI), posted by the Commission on
February 21, 2020, asking the Commission to enforce those
sections. Based on the current language of sections 21 and
49 of the BDU Regulations and depending on the outcome
of RMI’s application, broadcasters may seek to limit
distribution of distant signals or remuneration for their
distribution by the Company, which could increase costs for
the Company and limit its offerings to consumers (including
pursuant to demands for signal take-down or program
blackouts). In addition, any confirmation by the CRTC of the
validity of television broadcast licensees’ right of
authorization regarding the retransmission of their signals in
distant markets could lead to similar demands by
non-Canadian broadcasters. Any such impacts or demands
could significantly impact the Company’s costs and
negatively impact the Company’s financial results.
Telecommunications Act
Under the Telecommunications Act, the CRTC is responsible
for ensuring that Canadians in all regions of Canada have
access to reliable and affordable high-quality
telecommunication services. The CRTC has the authority to
forbear from regulating one or more services or classes of
services provided by a carrier if the CRTC finds that there is
sufficient competition for those services to protect the
interests of users. Retail Internet, home phone services and
mobile wireless services have been forborne from price
regulation. However, regulations do affect certain terms and
conditions under which Shaw’s retail services are provided.
As described further below under “Third Party Internet
Access,” certain Shaw wholesale services are regulated.
Management’s Discussion & Analysis Shaw Communications Inc.
29

Under the Telecommunications Act, the GIC may issue
broad policy directions of general application to the CRTC
with regard to the telecommunications policy directives set
out in the Telecommunications Act (each a
“Telecommunications Policy Direction”). As described below
under “Government Policy Direction to CRTC Concerning
Telecommunications,” a Telecommunications Policy
Direction was issued by the GIC with the intention of guiding
the CRTC’s decision-making on telecommunications matters.
The CRTC and ISED can also impose monetary penalties on
companies that contravene the Telecommunications Act, the
Radiocommunication Act, and the regulations and rules
promulgated thereunder.
ISED is responsible for the allocation, issuance and
management of radio spectrum pursuant to the
Radiocommunication Act. As well, the technical operating
aspects of the Company’s businesses are regulated by
technical requirements and performance standards
established by ISED, primarily under the
Telecommunications Act and the Radiocommunication Act.
Potential Legislative Changes
The Minister of Canadian Heritage and the Minister of
Innovation, Science and Industry were directed, pursuant to
the Ministerial mandate letters issued December 13, 2019,
to “modernize the Broadcasting Act and
Telecommunications Act, examining how best to […] ensure
quality affordable internet, mobile and media access.” The
Minister of Innovation, Science and Industry was also
directed to reduce mobile prices by 25% within two years,
and failing that, to further expand mobile virtual network
operators (MVNOs) in Canada and the CRTC’s mandate on
affordable pricing. In accordance with this mandate, on
March 5, 2020, the Minister of Innovation, Science and
Industry announced the expectation that the national
wireless carriers (BCE Inc., Rogers Communications Canada
and TELUS Communications) reduce their prices for
mid-range data plans (2-6 GB) by 25% over the next two
years, and indicated that if “these targets are not met within
two years, the Federal Government will take action with other
regulatory tools to further increase competition and help
reduce prices.”
Implementation of the foregoing Ministerial mandates
(assuming that they remain applicable during the next
session of Parliament) could result in: the introduction of
new regulatory measures that negatively impact the business
practices of the Company and our ability to serve customers
and related costs; and/or negative impacts on the Company’s
financial results and competitiveness in the wireless and
wireline market.
Third Party Internet Access
Shaw is mandated by the CRTC to provide a wholesale high-
speed access (HSA) service at regulated rates to
independent ISPs (“Resellers”), who use the wholesale HSA
services to provide their own retail Internet services to
consumers (“Third Party Internet Access” or “TPIA”).
Telecom Orders CRTC 2019-288 and 2021-181
On August 15, 2019, the CRTC issued Telecom Order
2019-288 (the “Order”), which set Shaw’s aggregated
wholesale HSA service rates. The rates imposed by the Order
were significantly lower than the interim rates set in October
2016, and retroactive to January 31, 2017. Shaw, jointly
with Cogeco, Eastlink, Rogers and Videotron (the “Cable
Carriers”), pursued all three routes of appeal of the Order:
appeal to the Federal Court of Appeal (FCA); Petition to
federal Cabinet; and application with the CRTC to review and
vary the Order. On May 27, 2021, the CRTC released its
decision in the Cable Carriers’ application to review and vary
the rates set by the Order (“TD 2021-181”), in which it
determined that there was substantial doubt as to the
correctness of the aggregated wholesale HSA service rates
set by the Order and approved on a final basis the interim
rates set in October 2016. TekSavvy Solutions Inc.
(“TekSavvy”), Competitive Network Operators of Canada
(“CNOC”), and National Capital FreeNet Inc. (“NCF”) have
petitioned to the GIC to vary TD 2021-181 (the “Petitions”),
asking the GIC to finalize the rates set by the 2019 Order.
TekSavvy and CNOC are also asking the GIC to direct all
facilities-based wholesale service providers to immediately
remit all retroactive payments in connection with the Order’s
rates. On September 22, 2021, the Cable Carriers filed a
response to the TekSavvy and CNOC Petitions, asking
Cabinet to deny the requested relief. The reply to the NCF
Petition is due November 1, 2021. On June 28, 2021,
TekSavvy also filed a motion for leave to appeal TD
2021-181 to the FCA and has requested that the appeal be
heard on an expedited basis. The FCA granted leave on
September 15, 2021. In its appeal, TekSavvy will seek an
order from the FCA that TD 2021-181 is quashed, and the
2019 Order is reinstated or, in the alternative, that the
matter is returned to the CRTC for redetermination. If the
GIC or the FCA were to intervene in any way with the effect
of decreasing the aggregated wholesale HSA service rates set
by TD 2021-181, this could significantly reduce the amount
that the Company can charge for aggregated wholesale HSA
services and negatively impact the Company’s broadband
Wireline revenues and investments, as well as its ability to
compete with Resellers and other facilities-based HSA
providers.
Distinction between residential and business wholesale HSA
services
On March 3, 2020, the Commission initiated a proceeding
to examine wholesale HSA tariff provisions that differentiate
between residential and business end-users. Final replies
were filed on February 11, 2021, and a decision is pending.
The Company’s tariffs do not limit or restrict reselling to
business end-users. If the Commission’s decision goes
beyond addressing existing tariff provisions that place
restrictions on Resellers based on market segmentation, and
mandates new wholesale access requirements applicable to
30
Shaw Communications Inc. 2021 Annual Report

the Company’s Consumer or Business Internet services, the
Company’s broadband revenues and investments, as well as
its ability to compete, could be negatively impacted.
Disaggregated Wholesale Services Framework
In 2015, the CRTC completed a review of the wholesale
wireline policy framework, including TPIA, and: (i) extended
mandated wholesale access services to include FTTP
facilities; and (ii) initiated a shift to a new disaggregated
wholesale HSA service model. On June 11, 2020, the
Commission initiated a new proceeding to consider the
appropriate network configuration for disaggregated
wholesale HSA services across the country, and suspended
the proceeding to set final rates, terms, and conditions for
the disaggregated wholesale HSA services in Ontario and
Quebec, for which network configurations had previously
been reviewed and approved by the CRTC in 2016. The
disaggregated wholesale service configuration that is
mandated by the Commission could require significant and
costly modifications to the Company’s broadband network
architecture. The final mandated rates and the terms of
disaggregated HSA services could negatively impact the
Company’s broadband revenues and investments as well as
its ability to compete with Resellers and other facilities-
based disaggregated HSA providers.
Review of the approach to rate setting for wholesale
telecommunications services
On April 24, 2020, the Commission initiated a proceeding
to review its approach to rate setting for wholesale
telecommunications services. Replies were filed on
November 27, 2020, and a decision is pending. The
methodology that is selected will impact the amount that the
Company can charge for wholesale HSA service. If the
methodology fails to adequately compensate the Company
for the costs associated with provisioning HSA services as
well as a reasonable return on investment, it will negatively
impact the Company’s broadband Wireline revenues and
investments and our ability to compete with Resellers and
other facilities-based HSA providers. The chosen
methodology could also potentially apply to wholesale
wireless services, including mandated roaming.
CRTC Wireless Review
In February 2019, the CRTC initiated its review of the
regulatory framework for mobile wireless services and held a
public hearing in February 2020. The Commission reviewed
competition in the retail market, including potential
regulatory intervention, such as new retail policies and
mandated low-cost data-only plans, and wholesale wireless
regulation, including wholesale access for mobile virtual
network operators (MVNOs), and whether there is any need
to make changes to the wholesale roaming policy.
In April 2021, the CRTC issued Wireless Review decision,
Telecom Regulatory Policy CRTC 2021-130 (“TRP
2021-130”). In it, the CRTC rejected a broad MVNO regime
and instead mandated facilities-based MVNO service,
whereby the national wireless carriers as well as SaskTel are
mandated to provision wholesale MVNO access services only
to carriers holding a spectrum licence in a given service
area. The terms and conditions of the facilities-based
wholesale MVNO access service are still under consideration
by the Commission. Rates will be determined through
commercial negotiation, with recourse to CRTC Final Offer
Arbitration if negotiations reach an impasse. The CRTC also
held that the national wireless carriers would be required to
provide seamless roaming as part of their mandated
domestic wholesale roaming services used by the Company
and other carriers as of April 15, 2022 and confirmed that
the wholesale roaming policy applies to 5G networks. The
national wireless carriers’ wholesale roaming tariffs will be
reviewed to ensure the rates reflect the underlying costs
associated with seamless roaming following its
implementation. At that time, the CRTC will also assess the
underlying costs of wholesale roaming on 5G networks. TRP
2021-130 did not mandate specific retail services but set
clear expectations for the offer and promotion by the
national carriers of low-cost, emergency use, and occasional
use plans at specified rates. Finally, the CRTC determined
that the Telecommunications Act does not give it the
jurisdiction to adjudicate disputes concerning access to
public places for the purpose of constructing, maintaining,
and operating mobile wireless transmission facilities. On
May 14, 2021, TELUS filed for leave to appeal the CRTC’s
determinations related to seamless roaming and jurisdiction
over access to public places relating to wireless facilities. On
August 11, 2021, the FCA granted TELUS leave.
Additionally, Data On Tap Inc., an MVNO operating as
dotmobile, has petitioned the GIC to vary TRP 2021-130,
asking it to broaden mandated MVNO access by, among
other things, removing the spectrum requirements and set a
maximum allowable wholesale rate.
Compliance and Enforcement and Telecom
Notice of Consultation CRTC 2021-9
On January 13, 2021, the CRTC initiated a proceeding to
develop a network-level blocking framework to limit botnet
traffic targeting Canadians. Shaw has recommended a
limited role for the CRTC. If, however, the CRTC implements
more onerous obligations, this could introduce additional
costs to the Company and a risk of penalties in connection
with any non-compliance.
Retail Sales Practices
On February 20, 2019, the CRTC published its Report on
Misleading or Aggressive Communications Retail Sales
Practices and found that “a significant portion of Canadians
are experiencing misleading or aggressive sales practices
through all types of sales channels” in connection with their
purchase of telecommunications and broadcasting services.
While the Report did not result in new rules or regulatory
Management’s Discussion & Analysis Shaw Communications Inc.
31

obligations, the Report’s findings, coupled with a planned
Commission examination of activities undertaken in 2020-
2021 to address those findings, could lead to new measures
implemented in the context of current or future proceedings.
The introduction of any such measures could negatively
impact our ability to serve our customers, result in cost
increases for the Company and negatively impact the
Company’s revenue.
Access for Wireline Network
Shaw requires access to support structures, such as poles,
strand and conduits of telecommunication carriers and
electric utilities, in order to deploy wireline network
facilities. Under the Telecommunications Act, the CRTC has
jurisdiction over support structures of telecommunication
carriers, including rates for third party use. The CRTC’s
jurisdiction does not extend to electrical utility support
structures, which are regulated by provincial utility
authorities. Shaw’s wireline network also requires access to
construct facilities in roadways and other public places.
Under the Telecommunications Act, Shaw may access such
places with the consent of the municipality or other public
authority having jurisdiction.
On December 10, 2019, the Commission initiated a review
to examine “potential barriers and/or regulatory solutions to
building new facilities or interconnecting to existing facilities
in order to extend broadband-capable networks more
efficiently into underserved areas […].” The Commission
specifically requested comments on barriers such as access
to affordable transport services and efficient use of support
structures; how and to what extent these barriers are
preventing carriers from extending transport networks and
offering services in underserved regions; and proposals on
potential regulatory measures to address the barriers. Final
submissions were filed in March 2021, and a decision has
not yet been issued. The introduction of regulatory
requirements applicable to the provision of wholesale
transport services in rural or remote areas could negatively
impact the Company’s financial results.
Radiocommunication Act
Our Wireless division holds licences for the use of
radiofrequency spectrum required to operate its mobile
wireless business. Those spectrum licences are administered
by ISED under the Radiocommunication Act. Spectrum use
is governed by conditions of license, including license term,
transferability/divisibility, technical compliance
requirements, lawful interception, research and
development, and mandated antenna site sharing and
domestic roaming services.
Any changes to the Radiocommunications Act could impact
the business practices of the Company and/or the processes
governing its acquisition of new spectrum for purposes of
building its wireless networks.
Wireless Spectrum Licences
The Company’s AWS-1 spectrum licences were renewed in
2019 for a 20-year term. The Company’s AWS-3 spectrum
licences were issued in 2015 for a 20-year term. The 700
MHz and 2500 MHz spectrum licences that the Company
purchased from Quebecor were initially issued in February
2014 and May 2015, respectively for a term of 20 years.
The Company also holds other 2500 MHz licences,
including those acquired at ISED’s 2018 residual auction,
which were issued for a 20-year term, and the Company also
acquired 600 MHz licences at ISED’s 2019 auction, which
were issued for a 20-year term.
The Company’s licences come with conditions, including a
variety of deployment conditions. In July 2019, ISED issued
a decision in response to its consultation on a new set of
smaller service areas for spectrum licensing (“Tier 5 Service
Areas”) to complement ISED’s existing service areas. ISED
has created Tier 5 Service Areas with the objective of
encouraging additional access to spectrum within rural areas
pursuant to its licensing process. Currently, none of the
Company’s licences are subject to Tier 5 deployment
requirements, but future licences may incorporate a
requirement for deployment in such new service areas,
which could lead to additional future network costs.
In March 2020, ISED released its policy and licensing
framework (the “Framework”) for the 3500 MHz (3450-
3650 MHz) auction, following a public consultation process
in 2019. The auction commenced in June 2021, and
provisional results were published on July 29, 2021. Shaw
did not participate in the auction.
In May 2021, following a public consultation in 2020 on
proposed revisions to the 3800 MHz band (3650-4200
MHz), ISED released its decision allowing future mobile use
in the band. The band is currently used primarily to provide
fixed satellite services. Existing satellite users of the
spectrum in remote, satellite dependent areas of the country
will be permitted to continue to operate across the band,
while those in urban areas will be consolidated in the 4000-
4200 MHz spectrum range and subject to a transition
process that will be complete in March 2025. The details of
the licensing framework for the band will be the subject of a
future proceeding.
In June 2019, following a consultation in 2018, ISED
released a decision allowing future mobile use in the
millimetre wave bands, including 26 GHz, 28 GHz, and 38
GHz bands, as well as licence-exempt use in the 64-71 GHz
bands. The details of the licensing framework for these
bands will be the subject of a future proceeding.
In May 2021, ISED also released a decision confirming its
intention to make 1200 MHz of spectrum in the 6 GHz band
(5925-7125 MHz) available for WiFi and other unlicensed
uses. Technical standards for equipment operating in the
band must be developed before the spectrum becomes
available for use.
32
Shaw Communications Inc. 2021 Annual Report

In August 2021, ISED commenced a consultation on the
potential introduction of a new “access licensing framework”
to facilitate access to unused spectrum in rural and remote
areas. ISED proposes to issue Tier 5 licences on a first-
come, first-served basis in areas where existing licensees
have not deployed services. ISED proposes to apply this
initially to the PCS (1900 MHz) and Cellular (800 MHz)
bands. Among other things, the consultation also proposes to
streamline the approval process for certain subordination
arrangements. Although Shaw does not have spectrum in the
PCS or Cellular spectrum bands, these consultations could
lead to future spectrum proceedings, or future opportunities
for other parties to gain access to spectrum, which could
impact the Company’s competitiveness or its spectrum
licences.
Access for Wireless Network
Our Wireless division’s operations depend on being able to
locate and construct wireless antenna sites, which in some
cases requires certain authorizations or approvals from
municipalities, which vary from one municipality to another
but are also subject to federal oversight. The process for
such approvals can include a comprehensive consultation
process related to local land use priorities and new antenna
site design parameters. As noted above, the CRTC
determined that the Telecommunications Act does not give it
the jurisdiction to adjudicate disputes concerning access to
public places for the purpose of constructing, maintaining,
and operating mobile wireless transmission facilities and
TELUS is appealing that aspect of the decision at the FCA.
The Wireless division also uses arrangements whereby it
co-locates its antennae equipment on towers and/or sites
owned and operated by third party tower and/or site
providers and the three national wireless carriers. Pursuant
to the conditions of their spectrum licences and the CRTC’s
policy framework for wholesale wireless services, the three
national wireless carriers must allow competitors, including
Freedom Mobile and Shaw Mobile, to co-locate equipment at
these locations. However, the application and approval
process for the sharing of towers is lengthy, and the ISED
and CRTC processes that are available to enforce the
existing rules can also be challenging and time consuming.
The CRTC’s review of mobile wireless services included a
focus on reducing barriers to infrastructure deployment and
whether any further regulatory measures are required to
reduce barriers to the deployment of wireless infrastructure.
In the CRTC’s review of mobile wireless services, the
Commission indicated that it would examine issues
associated with access to various types of infrastructure in
order to deploy wireless networks and whether changes
should be made to the Commission’s existing rules to
facilitate such access. In its Wireless Review decision (TRP
2021-130), the CRTC determined that it did not need to
take any additional action in relation to tower and site
sharing at this time.
Copyright Act
Canada’s Copyright Act accords the creators and owners of
content various rights to authorize and/or be remunerated for
the use and performance of their works, including, in some
instances, by BDUs. In addition, the Copyright Act creates
certain exceptions that permit the use of copyrighted works
without the authorization or remuneration of rights holders.
New or Potential Legislative Changes
Any amendments to the Copyright Act that modify the terms
and conditions applicable to the use of content, including
new rights or the scope of flexibility pursuant to existing
exceptions; or impose new obligations on intermediaries,
such as telecommunications service providers, could create
increased fees and negatively impact the business practices
of the Company, as well as the Company’s ability to serve its
customers.
Potential for New or Increased Fees
In August 2017, the Copyright Board issued a decision
interpreting the scope and meaning of the “making
available” provision (section 2.4(1.1) of the Copyright Act).
The Copyright Board determined that as a result of
section 2.4(1.1), the mere making available of a work on a
server for the purpose of later streaming or downloading of
the work by the public is an event for which a tariff is
payable, expanding the scope of the performance right and
the Society of Composers, Authors and Music Publishers of
Canada’s (SOCAN) entitlement to royalties. In September
2017, the Company, along with a number of other
broadcasting and Internet companies, filed an application
for judicial review, arguing that the Copyright Board’s
interpretation of the “making available” provision was
erroneous. In June 2020, the FCA overturned the Copyright
Board’s interpretation. On November 12, 2020, SOCAN and
Music Canada (collectively, the “Applicants”) filed an
application for leave to appeal to the Supreme Court of
Canada (SCC). On April 21, 2021, leave to appeal was
granted to the Applicants. If the SCC restores the Copyright
Board’s interpretation, it could lead to new claims by rights
holders in connection with Company technologies that
facilitate downloading.
Judicial Review of the Distant Signal Retransmission Tariff
Rates (2014-2018)
On December 18, 2018, the Copyright Board released a rate
decision for the Distant Signal Retransmission Tariff for the
past tariff period of 2014-2018, inclusive, which introduced
a rate increase that applied retroactively, and established an
interim tariff for 2019 based on the 2018 rate. Both the
Copyright Collective of Canada (the “Collectives”) and
Objectors filed a Notice of Application for judicial review
with the FCA on November 4, 2019. On July 23, 2021, the
FCA dismissed the Objectors’ application on all grounds, and
Management’s Discussion & Analysis Shaw Communications Inc.
33

granted the Collectives’ application on two grounds, for the
years 2016-2018. The SCC application for leave to appeal
the FCA decision was filed on September 29, 2021. If the
FCA’s decision is upheld, the Company could become
subject to significantly increased royalty rates for the 2016-
2018 period, pursuant to a redetermination of the rates by
the Copyright Board.
Privacy and Anti-Spam Legislation
Privacy Legislation
The Personal Information Protection and Electronic
Documents Act (Canada) (PIPEDA) is Canada’s federal
privacy law regulating the collection, use, and disclosure of
personal information in Canada by a federally regulated
organization in the private sector. The Company has
established a privacy policy and its internal privacy
processes in accordance with PIPEDA.
On November 17, 2020, the Minister of Innovation, Science
and Industry introduced Bill C-11 – the Digital Charter
Implementation Act (“DCIA”), which was intended to replace
PIPEDA. Bill C-11 was comprised of two parts: (1) the
Consumer Privacy Protection Act (the “CPPA”), which
established protections and parameters for the collection, use
and disclosure of personal information (“PI”), including
enhanced rights for individuals with respect to their privacy
and data; enhanced accountabilities for organizations with
respect to consent gathering and data usage; and significant
penalties (up to 5% of an organization’s gross revenue the
previous year) for breaches of rights and responsibilities; and
(2) the Personal Information and Data Protection Tribunal Act
(the “PIDPTA”), which created a new administrative tribunal to
oversee enforcement of the CPPA. As of the prorogation of the
43rd Parliament on August 15, 2021, Bill C-11 remained in
Second Reading before the House of Commons. The Liberals’
election platform indicated that if re-elected, they would move
forward with legislation to implement Canada’s Digital Charter,
strengthen privacy protections for consumers and introduce
new rules applicable to the online marketplace.
Changes to privacy laws and regulations resulting from the
reinstatement and passage of Bill C-11 or introduction of a
new privacy bill, will require the Company to incur costs to
adjust its policies and practices related to privacy, as well as
data collection, management, disposal and access practices.
Such changes could: result in significant new costs payable
by the Company to ensure compliance; limit the Company’s
ability to utilize data in support of its business, as well as
preserve and expand its customer base; and expose the
Company to the risk of significant penalties and claims
(including pursuant to a proposed right of private action) in
connection with any non-compliance.
Canada’s Anti-Spam Legislation (CASL)
CASL sets out a comprehensive regulatory regime regarding
online commerce, including requirements to obtain consent
prior to sending commercial electronic messages and
installing computer programs. CASL is administered
primarily by the CRTC, and non-compliance may result in
fines of up to $10 million. The Company maintains internal
practices and policies to facilitate compliance with CASL.
Environmental matters
Shaw’s operations are subject to environmental regulations,
including those related to electronic waste, printed paper
and packaging. A number of provinces have enacted
regulations providing for the diversion of certain types of
electronic and other waste through product stewardship
programs (PSP). Under a PSP, companies who supply
designated products in or into a province are required to
participate in or develop an approved program for the
collection and recycling of designated materials and, in
some cases, pay a per item fee. Such regulations have not
had, and are not expected to have, a material effect on the
Company’s earnings or competitive position.
34
Shaw Communications Inc. 2021 Annual Report

KEY PERFORMANCE DRIVERS
Shaw measures the success of its strategies using a number
of key performance drivers which are outlined below,
including a discussion as to their relevance, definitions,
calculation methods and underlying assumptions.
Financial Measures
Revenue
Revenue is a measurement determined in accordance with
International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). It
represents the inflow of cash, receivables or other
consideration arising from the sale of products and services.
Revenue is net of items such as trade or volume discounts,
agency commissions, and certain excise and sales taxes. It is
the base on which free cash flow, a key performance driver,
is determined; therefore, it measures the potential to deliver
free cash flow as well as indicating growth in a competitive
market place.
The Company’s continuous disclosure documents may
provide discussion and analysis of non-GAAP financial
measures. These financial measures do not have standard
definitions prescribed by IFRS and therefore may not be
comparable to similar measures disclosed by other
companies. The Company’s continuous disclosure
requirements may also provide discussion and analysis of
additional GAAP measures. Additional GAAP measures
include line items, headings, and sub-totals included in
financial statements. The Company utilizes these measures
in making operating decisions and assessing its
performance. Certain investors, analysts and others utilize
these measures in assessing the Company’s operational and
financial performance and as an indicator of its ability to
service debt and return cash to shareholders. These
non-GAAP measures and additional GAAP measures have not
been presented as an alternative to net income or any other
measure of performance or liquidity prescribed by IFRS. The
following contains a description of the Company’s use of
non-GAAP financial measures and additional GAAP
measures and provides a reconciliation to the nearest IFRS
measure or provides a reference to such reconciliation.
Adjusted EBITDA
Adjusted earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and
amortization (“adjusted EBITDA”) is calculated as revenue
less operating, general and administrative expenses. It is
intended to indicate the Company’s ongoing ability to service
and/or incur debt and is therefore calculated before items
such as restructuring costs, other gains (losses),
amortization (a non-cash expense), taxes and interest.
Adjusted EBITDA is one measure used by the investing
community to value the business.
Management’s Discussion & Analysis Shaw Communications Inc.
35

Adjusted EBITDA has no directly comparable GAAP financial
measure. Alternatively, the following table provides a
reconciliation of net income to adjusted EBITDA:
Year ended August 31,
(millions of Canadian dollars)
2021
2020
Change%
Net Income
986
688
43.3
Add back (deduct):
Restructuring costs
14
14
—
Amortization:
Deferred equipment
revenue
(11)
(16)
(31.3)
Deferred equipment
costs
47
65
(27.7)
Property, plant and
equipment,
intangibles and other
1,183
1,168
1.3
Amortization of financing
costs – long-term debt
2
3
(33.3)
Interest expense
231
274
(15.7)
Other gains (losses)
2
16
(87.5)
Current income tax
expense
30
120
(75.0)
Deferred income tax
expense (recovery)
16
59
(72.9)
Adjusted EBITDA
2,500
2,391
4.6
Adjusted EBITDA margin
Adjusted EBITDA margin is a non-GAAP ratio that is
calculated by dividing adjusted EBITDA by revenue.
Adjusted EBITDA margin is also one of the measures used
by the investing community to value the business.
Year ended August 31,
2021
2020
Change%
Wireline
49.6%
48.3%
2.7
Wireless
30.9%
28.9%
6.9
Combined Wireline and
Wireless
45.4%
44.2%
2.7
Net debt
The Company uses this measure to perform valuation-related
analysis and make decisions about the Company’s capital
structure. We believe this measure aids investors in
analyzing the value of the business and assessing our
leverage. Refer to “Liquidity and Capital Resources” for
further detail.
Net debt leverage ratio
The Company uses this non-GAAP ratio to determine its
optimal leverage ratio. Refer to “Liquidity and Capital
Resources” for further detail.
Free cash flow
The Company utilizes this measure to assess the Company’s
ability to repay debt and pay dividends to shareholders.
Free cash flow is comprised of adjusted EBITDA and then
deducting capital expenditures (on an accrual basis and net of
proceeds on capital dispositions) and equipment costs (net),
interest, cash taxes paid or payable, interest on lease liabilities,
lease payments relating to lease liabilities, dividends paid on
the preferred shares, and recurring cash funding of pension
amounts net of pension expense and adjusted to exclude share-
based compensation expense or recovery.
Free cash flow has not been reported on a segmented basis.
Certain components of free cash flow, including adjusted
EBITDA, continue to be reported on a segmented basis.
Capital expenditures and equipment costs (net) are also
reported on a segmented basis. Other items, including
interest and cash taxes, are not generally directly
attributable to a segment, and are reported on a
consolidated basis.
36
Shaw Communications Inc. 2021 Annual Report

Free cash flow is calculated as follows:
Year ended August 31,
(millions of Canadian dollars)
2021
2020
Change %
Revenue
Consumer
3,665
3,683
(0.5)
Business
584
567
3.0
Wireline
4,249
4,250
—
Service
891
815
9.3
Equipment
381
351
8.5
Wireless
1,272
1,166
9.1
5,521
5,416
1.9
Intersegment eliminations
(12)
(9)
33.3
5,509
5,407
1.9
Adjusted EBITDA
Wireline
2,107
2,054
2.6
Wireless
393
337
16.6
2,500
2,391
4.6
Capital expenditures and equipment costs (net):(1)
Wireline
723
815
(11.3)
Wireless
280
296
(5.4)
1,003
1,111
(9.7)
Free cash flow before the following
1,497
1,280
17.0
Less:
Interest on debt and provisions
(183)
(223)
(17.9)
Interest on lease liabilities
(45)
(44)
2.3
Cash taxes
(194)
(148)
31.1
Lease payments relating to lease liabilities
(110)
(112)
(1.8)
Other adjustments:
Non-cash share-based compensation
2
2
–
Pension adjustment
2
1
100.0
Preferred share dividends
(8)
(9)
(11.1)
Free cash flow
961
747
28.6
(1) Per Note 26 to the audited Consolidated Financial Statements.
Management’s Discussion & Analysis Shaw Communications Inc.
37

Statistical Measures
Subscriber counts (or Revenue Generating
Units (RGUs))
The Company measures the count of its subscribers in its
Consumer, Business, and Wireless divisions.
In the Consumer and Business divisions, Wireline Video
subscribers include residential customers, multiple dwelling
units (MDUs) and commercial customers. A residential
subscriber who receives at a minimum, basic cable service,
is counted as one subscriber. In the case of MDUs, such as
apartment buildings, each tenant with a minimum of basic
cable service is counted as one subscriber, regardless of
whether invoiced individually or having services included in
the individual’s rent. Each building site of a commercial
customer (e.g., hospitals, hotels or retail franchises) that is
receiving at a minimum, basic cable service, is counted as
one subscriber. Video satellite subscribers are counted in the
same manner as Wireline Video customers except that it also
includes seasonal customers who have indicated their
intention to reconnect within 180 days of disconnection.
Internet customers include all modems on billing and Phone
includes all phone lines on billing. All subscriber counts
exclude complimentary accounts but include promotional
accounts.
Consumer and Business divisions’ RGUs represent the
number of products sold to customers and includes Video
(cable and Satellite subscribers), Internet customers, and
Phone lines. As at August 31, 2021 these combined
divisions had approximately 5.0 million RGUs.
In the Wireless division, a recurring subscriber or RGU (e.g.,
cellular phone, smartphone, tablet, mobile Internet device)
has access to the wireless network for voice and/or data
communications, whether prepaid or postpaid. Prepaid
subscribers include RGUs where the account is within 90
days of the prepaid credits expiring. As at August 31, 2021
the Wireless division had approximately 2.1 million RGUs.
Refer to “Subscriber Highlights” on page 11 for more
information on this measure.
Wireless Postpaid Churn
Wireless postpaid subscriber or RGU churn (“postpaid
churn”) measures success in retaining subscribers. Wireless
postpaid churn is a measure of the number of postpaid
subscribers that deactivated during a period as a percentage
of the average postpaid subscriber base during a period,
calculated on a monthly basis. It is calculated by dividing
the number of Wireless postpaid subscribers that
deactivated (in a month) by the average number of postpaid
subscribers during the month. When used or reported for a
period greater than one month, postpaid churn represents
the sum of the number of subscribers deactivating for each
period incurred divided by the sum of the average number of
postpaid subscribers of each period incurred.
Postpaid churn of 1.41% in fiscal 2021 was comparable to
1.40% in fiscal 2020.
Wireless average billing per subscriber unit
(ABPU)
Wireless ABPU is a supplementary financial measure and
industry metric that is useful in assessing the operating
performance of a wireless entity. We use ABPU as a measure
that approximates the average amount the Company invoices
an individual subscriber unit for service on a monthly basis.
ABPU helps us to identify trends and measures the
Company’s success in attracting and retaining higher
lifetime value subscribers. Wireless ABPU is calculated as
service revenue (excluding allocations to wireless service
revenue under IFRS 15) divided by the average number of
subscribers on the network during the period and is
expressed as a rate per month.
In fiscal 2021, ABPU decreased 6.8% to $41.15 compared
to $44.13 in the prior year. The ABPU decrease reflects the
increased number of customers that are subscribing to Shaw
Mobile as well as reduced roaming revenue due to less travel
and roaming outside of the Freedom home network resulting
from the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic.
Wireless average revenue per subscriber unit
per month (ARPU)
Wireless ARPU is a supplementary financial measure that is
calculated as service revenue divided by the average number
of subscribers on the network during the period and is
expressed as a rate per month. This measure is an industry
metric that is useful in assessing the operating performance
of a wireless entity. ARPU also helps to identify trends and
measure the Company’s success in attracting and retaining
higher-value subscribers.
In fiscal 2021, ARPU decreased 4.1% to $37.35 compared
to $38.95 in the prior year. The ARPU decrease reflects the
increased number of customers that are subscribing to Shaw
Mobile as well as reduced roaming revenue due to less travel
and roaming outside of the Freedom home network resulting
from the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic.
38
Shaw Communications Inc. 2021 Annual Report

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND
ESTIMATES
The Company prepared its Consolidated Financial
Statements in accordance with IFRS as issued by the
International Accounting Standards Board (IASB). An
understanding of the Company’s accounting policies is
necessary for a complete analysis of results, financial
position, liquidity, and trends. Refer to Note 2 to the
Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information
on accounting policies. The following section discusses key
estimates and assumptions that management has made
under IFRS and how they affect the amounts reported in the
Consolidated Financial Statements and accompanying notes.
The following is a discussion of the Company’s critical
accounting policies.
Revenue and expense recognition
The identification of performance obligations within a
contract and the timing of satisfaction of performance
obligations under long-term contracts requires judgment. For
bundled arrangements, we account for individual products
and services when they are separately identifiable, and the
customer can benefit from the product or service on its own
or with other readily available resources. The Company has
multiple deliverable arrangements consisting of upfront fees
(subscriber connection fee revenue and/or customer premise
equipment revenue) and related subscription revenue. The
Company determined that the upfront fees charged to
customers do not constitute separate performance
obligations; therefore, these revenue streams are assessed as
an integrated package.
Revenue is considered earned as services are performed,
provided that at the time of performance, ultimate collection
is reasonably assured. Such performance is regarded as
having been achieved when reasonable assurance exists
regarding the measurement of the consideration that will be
derived from rendering the service. Revenue from Video,
Internet, Phone, DTH, and Wireless customers includes
subscriber revenue earned as services are provided. The
revenue is considered earned as the period of service
relating to the customer billing elapses. In addition to
monthly service plans, the Company also offers multi-year
service plans in which the total amount of the contractual
service revenue is accounted for on a straight-line basis over
the term of the plan.
When a customer can modify their contract within
predefined terms such that we are not able to enforce the
transaction price agreed to, but can only contractually
enforce a lower amount, we allocate revenue between
performance obligations using the minimum enforceable
rights and obligations and any excess amount is recognized
as revenue as its earned.
Subscriber connection fee revenue
Connection fees have no standalone value to the customer
separate and independent of the Company providing
additional subscription services, therefore the connection fee
revenue must be deferred as contract liabilities and
recognized systematically over the periods that the
subscription services are earned. There is no specified term
for which the customer will receive the related subscription
service, therefore the Company has considered its customer
churn rate and other factors, such as competition from new
entrants, to determine the deferral period of three years for
Wireline customers and two years for Wireless customers.
Subscriber connection and installation costs
The costs of physically connecting a new home are
capitalized as part of the Company’s distribution system as
the service potential of the distribution system is enhanced
by the ability to generate future subscriber revenue. Costs of
disconnections are expensed as incurred as the activity does
not generate future revenue.
Costs incurred to obtain or fulfill a contract
The incremental costs to obtain or fulfill a contract with a
customer are deferred and amortized into operating expenses
over their expected period of benefit to the extent they are
recoverable. These costs include certain commissions paid
to internal and external representatives that we expect to be
recoverable. Determining the deferral criteria for these costs
requires us to make significant judgments.
Customer premise equipment revenue and
costs
Customer premise equipment available for sale, which
generally includes DTH equipment, has no standalone value
to the customer separate and independent of the Company
providing additional subscription services. Therefore, the
equipment revenue is deferred and recognized systematically
over the periods that the subscription services are earned. As
the equipment sales and the related subscription revenue
are considered one transaction, recognition of the equipment
revenue commences once the subscriber service is activated.
There is no specified term for which the customer will
receive the related subscription service, therefore the
Company has considered various factors including customer
churn, competition from new entrants, and technology
changes to determine the deferral period of three years.
In conjunction with equipment revenue, the Company also
incurs incremental direct costs which include equipment and
related installation costs. These direct costs cannot be
separated from the undelivered subscription service included
in the multiple deliverable arrangement. Under IAS 2
“Inventories,” these costs represent inventoriable costs and are
deferred and amortized over the period of three years,
consistent with the recognition of the related equipment
Management’s Discussion & Analysis Shaw Communications Inc.
39

revenue. The equipment and installation costs generally exceed
the amounts received from customers on the sale of equipment
(the equipment is sold to the customer at a subsidized price).
The Company defers the entire cost of the equipment,
including the subsidy portion, as it has determined that this
excess cost will be recovered from future subscription revenues
and that the investment by the customer in the equipment
creates value through increased retention.
Shaw Business installation revenue and
expenses
The Company also receives installation revenues in its Shaw
Business operation on contracts with commercial customers
which are deferred and recognized as revenue on a straight-
line basis over the related service contract, generally
spanning two to ten years. Direct and incremental costs
associated with the service contract, in an amount not
exceeding the upfront installation revenue, are deferred and
recognized as an operating expense on a straight-line basis
over the same period.
Wireless equipment revenue
Revenue for performance obligations satisfied at a point in
time is recognized when control of the item or service
transfers to the customer. Revenue from the direct sale of
equipment to subscribers or dealers is recognized when the
equipment is delivered and accepted by the subscribers or
dealers.
For bundled arrangements (i.e., wireless handsets and voice
and data services), items are accounted for as separate
performance obligations if the item meets the definition of a
distinct good or service. Stand-alone selling prices are
determined using observable prices adjusted for market
conditions and other factors, as appropriate. The Company
offers a discretionary wireless handset discount program,
whereby the subscriber earns the applicable discount by
maintaining services with the Company, such that the
receivable relating to the discount at inception of the
transaction is reduced over a period of time. This discount is
allocated proportionately between the equipment and service
revenue, with the equipment discount recognized when the
handset is delivered and the corresponding service discount
is classified as a contract asset. The contract asset is
reduced on a straight-line basis over the period which the
discount is forgiven to a maximum of two years with an
offsetting reduction to service revenue.
The Company also offers a plan allowing customers to
receive a larger up-front handset discount than they would
otherwise qualify for if they pay a predetermined incremental
charge to their existing service plan on a monthly basis. The
charge is billed on a monthly basis but is recognized as
revenue when the handset is delivered and accepted by the
subscriber. The amount receivable is classified as part of
other current or non-current receivables, as applicable, in
the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position.
Income statement classification
The Company distinguishes amortization of deferred
equipment revenue and deferred equipment costs from the
revenue and expenses recognized from ongoing service
activities on its income statement. Equipment revenue and
costs are deferred and recognized over the anticipated term
of the related future revenue (i.e., the monthly service
revenue) with the period of recognition spanning three to five
years. As a result, the amortization of deferred equipment
revenue and deferred equipment costs are non-cash items on
the income statement, similar to the Company’s amortization
of deferred indefeasible right to use (IRU) revenue, which
the Company also segregates from ongoing revenue. Further,
within the lifecycle of a customer relationship, the customer
generally purchases customer premise equipment at the
commencement of the customer relationship, whereas the
subscription revenue represents a continuous revenue stream
throughout that customer relationship. Therefore, the
segregated presentation provides a clearer distinction within
the income statement between cash and non-cash activities
and between up-front and continuous revenue streams,
which assists financial statement readers to predict future
cash flows from operations.
Allowance for doubtful accounts
A significant portion of the Company’s revenues are earned
from selling on credit to individual subscribers. Because
there are some customers who do not pay their debts, selling
on credit necessarily involves credit losses. The Company is
required to make an estimate of an appropriate allowance for
doubtful accounts on its receivables. In determining its
estimate, the Company considers factors such as the number
of days the account is past due, whether or not the customer
continues to receive service, the Company’s past collection
history and changes in business circumstances. The
estimated allowance required is a matter of judgment and the
actual loss eventually sustained may be more or less than the
estimate, depending on events which have yet to occur and
which cannot be foreseen, such as future business, personal
and economic conditions. Conditions causing deterioration or
improvement in the aging of accounts receivable and
collections will increase or decrease bad debt expense.
Leases
The application of IFRS 16 requires the Company to make
judgments that affect the valuation of the lease liabilities
and the valuation of right-of-use assets.
In determining whether a contract contains a lease, the
Company makes judgments in determining whether the
contract involves the use of an identified asset, whether the
Company has the right to obtain substantially all of the
economic benefits from use of the asset throughout the
period of use, and whether the Company has the right to
direct the use of the identified asset.
40
Shaw Communications Inc. 2021 Annual Report

In determining the contract term, the Company makes
judgments in determining the non-cancellable period of the
lease and the impact to the term of any options in the
contract including options to extend or terminate the lease
and whether or not the Company is reasonably certain to
exercise these options.
When determining the interest rate used for discounting
future cash flows the Company uses the incremental
borrowing rate unless the rate implicit in the lease is readily
determinable. The determination of the incremental
borrowing rate is derived from publicly available rates and
adjusted for lease terms. A single incremental borrowing rate
is applied to a portfolio of leases with similar characteristics.
Property, plant and equipment and other
intangibles – capitalization of direct labour
and overhead
The cost of property, plant and equipment and other
intangibles includes direct construction or development
costs (such as materials and labour) and overhead costs
directly attributable to the construction or development
activity. The Company capitalizes direct labour and direct
overhead incurred to construct new assets, upgrade existing
assets and connect new subscribers. These costs are
capitalized as they are directly attributable to the
acquisition, construction, development or betterment of the
networks or other intangibles. Repairs and maintenance
expenditures are charged to operating expenses as incurred.
Direct labour and overhead costs are
capitalized in three principal areas:
1.
Corporate departments such as Technology,
Operations, Products, and Supply Chain (TOPS):
TOPS is involved in overall planning and development
of the Video/Internet/Phone/Wireless infrastructure.
Labour and overhead costs directly related to these
activities are capitalized as the activities directly
relate to the planning and design of the construction
of the distribution system. In addition, TOPS devotes
considerable efforts towards the development of
systems to support Phone, WiFi, and projects related
to new customer management, billing, and operating
support systems. Labour costs directly related to these
and other projects are capitalized.
2.
Cable regional construction departments, which are
principally involved in constructing, rebuilding and
upgrading the Cable/Internet/Phone infrastructure:
Labour and overhead costs directly related to the
construction activity are capitalized as the activities
directly relate to the construction or upgrade of the
distribution system. Capital projects include, but are not
limited to, new subdivision builds, increasing network
capacity by reducing the number of homes fed from each
node, and upgrades of plant capacity and the WiFi build.
3.
Subscriber-related activities such as installation of
new drops and Internet and Phone services: The
labour and overhead directly related to the installation
of new services are capitalized as the activity involves
the installation of capital assets (e.g., wiring,
software) which enhance the service potential of the
distribution system through the ability to earn future
revenues. Costs associated with service calls,
collections, disconnects, and reconnects that do not
involve the installation of a capital asset are expensed.
Amounts of direct labour and direct overhead capitalized
fluctuate from year to year depending on the level of
customer growth and plant upgrades for new services. In
addition, the level of capitalization fluctuates depending on
the proportion of internal labour versus external contractors
used in construction projects.
The percentage of direct labour capitalized in many cases is
determined by the nature of employment in a specific
department. For example, a significant portion of labour and
direct overhead of the cable regional construction
departments is capitalized as a result of the nature of the
activity performed by those departments. Capitalization is
also based on piece rate work performed by unit-based
employees which is tracked directly. In some cases, the
amount of capitalization depends on the level of
maintenance versus capital activity that a department
performs. In these cases, an analysis of work activity is
applied to determine this percentage split.
Amortization policies and useful lives
The Company amortizes the cost of property, plant and
equipment and other intangibles over the estimated useful
service lives of the items. These estimates of useful lives
involve considerable judgment. In determining these
estimates, the Company takes into account industry trends
and company-specific factors, including changing
technologies and expectations for the in-service period of
these assets. On an annual basis, the Company reassesses its
existing estimates of useful lives to ensure they match the
anticipated life of the technology from a revenue-producing
perspective. If technological change happens more quickly or
in a different way than the Company has anticipated, the
Company may have to shorten the estimated life of certain
property, plant and equipment or other intangibles which
could result in higher amortization expense in future periods
or an impairment charge to write down the value of property,
plant and equipment or other intangibles.
Intangibles
The excess of the cost of acquiring cable, satellite, and
wireless businesses over the fair value of related net
identifiable tangible and intangible assets acquired is
allocated to goodwill. Net identifiable intangible assets
acquired consist of amounts allocated to broadcast rights
and licences, wireless spectrum licences, trademarks,
brands, customer relationships, and software assets.
Broadcast rights and licences, wireless spectrum licences,
trademarks, and brands represent identifiable assets with
indefinite useful lives.
Management’s Discussion & Analysis Shaw Communications Inc.
41

Customer relationships represent the value of customer
contracts and relationships acquired in a business
combination and are amortized on a straight-line basis over
their estimated useful lives ranging from 4 – 15 years.
Software that is not an integral part of the related hardware
is classified as an intangible asset. Internally developed
software assets are recorded at historical cost and include
direct material and labour costs as well as borrowing costs
on qualifying assets. Software assets are amortized on a
straight-line basis over estimated useful lives ranging from
3 – 10 years. The Company reviews the estimates of lives
and useful lives on a regular basis.
Asset impairment
The Company tests goodwill and indefinite-life intangibles
for impairment annually (as at February 1) and when events
or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value
may be impaired. The recoverable amount of each cash-
generating unit (CGU) is determined based on the higher of
the CGU’s fair value less costs to sell and its value in use. A
CGU is the smallest identifiable group of assets that
generate cash flows that are independent of the cash inflows
from other assets or groups of assets. The Company’s cash
generating units are Cable, Satellite, and Wireless. Where
the recoverable amount of the CGU is less than its carrying
amount, an impairment loss is recognized. Impairment
losses relating to goodwill cannot be reversed in future
periods. The results of the impairment tests are provided in
Note 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Asset retirement obligations
The Company recognizes the fair value of a liability for an
asset retirement obligation in the period in which it is
incurred, on a discounted basis, with a corresponding
increase to the carrying amount of property and equipment,
primarily in respect of wireless and transmitter sites. This
cost is amortized on the same basis as the related asset. The
timing or amount of the outflow is subject to estimation and
judgment. The liability is subsequently increased for the
passage of time and the accretion is recorded in the income
statement as interest expense. The discount rates applied are
subsequently adjusted to current rates as required at the end
of reporting periods. Revisions due to the estimated timing of
cash flows or the amount required to settle the obligation
may result in an increase or decrease in the liability. Actual
costs incurred upon settlement of the obligation are charged
against the liability to the extent recorded.
Employee benefit plans
As at August 31, 2021, Shaw had non-registered defined
benefit pension plans for key senior executives and
designated executives. The amounts reported in the financial
statements relating to the defined benefit pension plans are
determined using actuarial valuations that are based on
several assumptions including the discount rate and rate of
compensation increase. While the Company believes these
assumptions are reasonable, differences in actual results or
changes in assumptions could affect employee benefit
obligations and the related income statement impact. The
differences between actual and assumed results are
immediately recognized in other comprehensive income/loss.
The most significant assumption used to calculate the net
employee benefit plan expense is the discount rate. The
discount rate is the interest rate used to determine the
present value of the future cash flows that is expected to be
needed to settle employee benefit obligations and is also
used to calculate the interest income on plan assets. It is
based on the yield of long-term, high-quality corporate fixed
income investments closely matching the term of the
estimated future cash flows and is reviewed and adjusted as
changes are required. The following table illustrates the
increase on the accrued benefit obligation and pension
expense of a 1% decrease in the discount rate:
(millions of
Canadian dollars)
Accrued Benefits
Obligation at
End of Fiscal 2021
Pension Expense
Fiscal 2021
Weighted Average
Discount Rate –
Non-registered Plans
3.10%
2.70%
Impact of: 1%
decrease –
Non-registered Plans
$
72
$
2
Deferred income taxes
The Company has recognized deferred income tax assets and
liabilities for the future income tax consequences attributable
to differences between the financial statement carrying
amounts of assets and liabilities and their respective tax
bases. Deferred tax assets are also recognized in respect of
losses of certain of the Company’s subsidiaries. The deferred
income tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted
or substantially enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable
income in the years in which the temporary differences are
expected to reverse or the tax losses are expected to be
utilized. Realization of deferred income tax assets is
dependent upon generating sufficient taxable income during
the period in which the temporary differences are deductible.
The Company has evaluated the likelihood of realization of
deferred income tax assets based on forecasts of taxable
income of future years, existing tax laws and tax planning
strategies. Significant changes in assumptions with respect to
internal forecasts or the inability to implement tax planning
strategies could result in future impairment of these assets.
Commitments and contingencies
The Company is subject to various claims and contingencies
related to lawsuits, taxes and commitments under contractual
and other commercial obligations. Contingent losses are
recognized by a charge to income when it is likely that a
future event will confirm that an asset has been impaired or a
liability incurred at the date of the financial statements and
the amount can be reasonably estimated. Significant changes
in assumptions as to the likelihood and estimates of the
amount of a loss could result in recognition of additional
liabilities. Contractual and other commercial obligations
primarily relate to network fees and agreements for use of
transmission facilities in the normal course of business.
42
Shaw Communications Inc. 2021 Annual Report

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Related party transactions are reviewed by Shaw’s Corporate
Governance and Nominating Committee, consisting of
independent directors. The following sets forth certain
transactions in which the Company is involved.
Corus
The Company and Corus Entertainment Inc. (“Corus”) are
subject to common voting control. In fiscal 2020 and fiscal
2021, network, advertising, and programming fees were paid
to various Corus subsidiaries. The Company also provided
uplink of television signals, programming content, Internet
services and lease of circuits to various Corus subsidiaries.
Burrard Landing Lot 2 Holdings Partnership
The Company has a 33.33% interest in Burrard Landing Lot
2 Holdings Partnership (the “Partnership”). During fiscal
2021, the Company paid the Partnership for lease of office
space in Shaw Tower. Shaw Tower, located in Vancouver,
British Columbia, is the Company’s headquarters for its
lower mainland British Columbia operations.
Key management personnel and Board of
Directors
Key management personnel consist of the most senior
executive team and along with the Board of Directors have
the authority and responsibility for directing and controlling
the activities of the Company. In addition to compensation
provided to key management personnel and the Board of
Directors for services rendered, the Company transacts with
companies related to certain Board members primarily for
the purchase of remote control units, network programming,
collections, and installation of equipment.
Refer to Note 29 to the Consolidated Financial Statements
for further related party transaction detail.
Management’s Discussion & Analysis Shaw Communications Inc.
43

NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS
Shaw has adopted or will adopt a number of new accounting
policies as a result of recent changes in IFRS as issued by
the IASB. The ensuing discussion provides additional
information as to the date that Shaw is or was required to
adopt the new standards, the methods of adoption permitted
by the standards, the method chosen by Shaw, and the
effect on the financial statements as a result of adopting the
new policies. The adoption or future adoption of these
accounting policies has not and is not expected to result in
changes to the Company’s current business practices.
Standards, interpretations and amendments to
standards issued but not yet effective
The Company has not yet adopted certain standards and
interpretations that have been issued but are not yet effective.
The following pronouncements are being assessed to
determine the impact on the Company’s results and financial
position but the impacts are not expected to be material:
•
Proceeds before Intended Use (Amendments to IAS 16,
Property, Plant and Equipment) was amended to prohibit
deducting from the cost of an item of property, plant and
equipment any proceeds from selling items produced
while bringing the asset to capable operations. These
amendments are required to be applied for annual
periods commencing on or after January 1, 2022,
however earlier application is permitted.
•
Onerous Contracts – Costs of Fulfilling a Contract
(Amendments to IAS 37, Provisions, Contingent Liabilities
and Contingent Assets) was amended to clarify which costs
should be included in determining the cost of fulfilling a
potential onerous contract. These amendments are required
to be applied for annual periods commencing on or after
January 1, 2022, however earlier application is permitted.
•
Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-Current
(Amendments to IAS 1, Presentation of Financial
Statements) was amended to clarify that the
classification of liabilities as current or non-current is
based on rights that are in existence at the end of the
reporting period and specifies that classification is
unaffected by expectations about whether an entity will
exercise its right to defer settlement of a liability. The
amendments are effective January 1, 2023 with early
application permitted. The amendments are required to
be adopted retrospectively.
RISK MANAGEMENT
In the normal course of our business activities, the Company
is subject to risks. The purpose of risk management is to
manage and mitigate risk, rather than to eliminate risk. The
Company is committed to continually strengthening our risk
management capabilities to protect and enhance value.
Risk Governance and Oversight
The Board of Directors has overall risk governance and
oversight responsibilities. Specifically, the Board is
responsible for identifying and assessing the principal risks
inherent in the business activities of the Company and
ensuring that management takes all reasonable steps to
implement appropriate systems to manage such risks. The
Board of Directors has delegated elements of its risk
oversight responsibilities to specific Board committees. The
Audit Committee is responsible for: (1) overseeing the
Company’s processes for identifying, assessing, and
managing risks; and (2) ensuring that management
implements and maintains effective internal controls and
procedures for identifying, assessing and managing the
principal risks to the Corporation and its business. In
addition, the Human Resources and Compensation
Committee is responsible for ensuring that the Company’s
short, medium and long-term incentive plans do not incent
risk-taking beyond the Company’s risk tolerance.
Responsibilities for Risk Management
Responsibility for risk management is shared across our
organization. Each department’s operating management, led
by the Company’s executive team, have integrated controls
and risk management practices into day-to-day activities and
decision-making processes. We have risk management and
compliance functions across the organization such as
Finance, Privacy, Security and Risk, Legal and Regulatory,
and Technology Risk and Compliance. The Internal Audit and
Advisory Services (IA&AS) department provides independent
and objective audit and advisory services to evaluate and
improve the effectiveness of the Company’s governance,
internal controls, disclosure processes, and risk management
activities. The Audit Committee oversees the work of the
IA&AS department and all reports issued by the IA&AS
department. In addition, the IA&AS department’s annual plan
is reviewed and approved by the Audit Committee.
Enterprise Risk Management
As part of its role in risk governance and oversight, the Audit
Committee oversees the Enterprise Risk Management (ERM)
program. The ERM program is a performance focused
process designed to identify, monitor, and manage
significant corporate level risks that could impact the
achievement of our strategic objectives. The Company’s
executives meet periodically to: (1) review and update
significant corporate level risks, (2) assess such corporate
level risks in terms of likelihood and magnitude of impact,
(3) review the response strategy, and (4) monitor progress.
The latest ERM update was provided to the Audit Committee
in October 2021, with updates to be provided to the Board
at least annually. The significant risks and uncertainties
affecting the Company and its business are discussed under
“Known Events, Trends, Risks and Uncertainties.”
44
Shaw Communications Inc. 2021 Annual Report

KNOWN EVENTS, TRENDS, RISKS AND
UNCERTAINTIES
The discussion in this MD&A addresses only what
management has determined to be the most significant
known events, trends, risks, and uncertainties relevant to the
Company, its operations, and/or its financial results. This
discussion is not exhaustive. The discussion of these matters
should be considered in conjunction with the “Caution
Concerning Forward-Looking Statements.”
Risks Related to the Transaction
The completion of the Transaction is subject
to the satisfaction or waiver of several
conditions precedent
The completion of the Transaction is subject to a number of
conditions precedent, some of which are outside of the
control of the Company and Rogers, including receipt of the
Key Regulatory Approvals, there not having occurred a
Material Adverse Effect or Purchaser Material Adverse Effect
(as such terms are defined in the Arrangement Agreement)
and the satisfaction of certain other customary closing
conditions. There can be no certainty, nor can the Company
or Rogers provide any assurance, that all conditions
precedent to the Transaction will be satisfied or waived, nor
can there be any certainty of the timing of their satisfaction
or waiver. In addition, shareholders are advised that the
condition relating to the occurrence of a Purchaser Material
Adverse Effect is enforceable by, and is for the benefit of,
the Shaw Family Living Trust. Accordingly, the Shaw Family
Living Trust, which may have interests in the Transaction
different from, or in addition to, those of other shareholders,
has the right to prevent or delay the completion of the
Transaction should it determine that a Purchaser Material
Adverse Effect has occurred.
If, for any reason, the Transaction is not completed or its
completion is materially delayed and/or the Arrangement
Agreement is terminated, the market price of the Company’s
securities may be materially adversely affected. In such
circumstances, the Company’s business, financial condition
or results of operations could also be subject to various
material adverse consequences. In addition, if the
Transaction is not completed, in certain circumstances, the
Company may be required to pay a termination fee of
$800 million to Rogers, the result of which could have a
material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial
position and results of operations and its ability to fund
growth prospects and current operations.
The Key Regulatory Approvals necessary to
complete the Transaction may not be
obtained or may only be obtained after
substantial delay
To complete the Transaction, each of the Company and
Rogers must make certain filings with and obtain certain
consents and approvals from certain governmental and
regulatory authorities. In particular, the Company and Rogers
have not yet obtained the Key Regulatory Approvals, all of
which are required to complete the Transaction. In addition,
governmental or regulatory agencies could deny permission
for, or seek to block or challenge the Transaction or the
transfer or deemed transfer of specific assets, including
spectrum licenses, or impose material conditions relating to
the Arrangement or any such transfer. If any one of the Key
Regulatory Approvals is not obtained or any applicable law is
in effect which makes the consummation of the Transaction
illegal, the Transaction will not be completed.
In addition, a substantial delay in obtaining the Key
Regulatory Approvals could result in the Transaction not
being completed. In particular, if the Transaction is not
completed by March 15, 2022 (subject to an extension of
up to 90 days if required to obtain the Key Regulatory
Approvals), either Shaw or Rogers may terminate the
Arrangement Agreement, in which case the Transaction will
not be completed.
Under certain circumstances, if the Key Regulatory
Approvals are not obtained or any law (that relates to one or
more of the Key Regulatory Approvals or the Competition Act
(Canada)) is in effect which would make the consummation
of the Transaction illegal and the failure to obtain the Key
Regulatory Approvals is not caused by, and is not a result of,
the failure by the Company to perform in all material
respects any of its covenants or agreements under the
Arrangement Agreement, then Rogers is obligated to pay the
$1.2 billion reverse termination amount and certain costs
amounting to approximately $120 million relating to Rogers’
exercise of its right to require Shaw to redeem all of its
issued and outstanding Preferred Shares on June 30, 2021.
In addition, the holders of the Class A Shares and Class B
Shares will not receive the consideration under the
Arrangement Agreement (as the Transaction will not be
completed).
The Arrangement Agreement may be
terminated in certain circumstances
The Transaction may be terminated by the Company or
Rogers in certain circumstances, in which case the
Transaction will not be completed. Accordingly, there is no
certainty, nor can the Company provide any assurance, that
the Arrangement Agreement will not be terminated by the
Company or Rogers prior to the completion of the
Transaction. The failure to complete the Transaction could
Management’s Discussion & Analysis Shaw Communications Inc.
45

materially negatively impact the market price of Shaw’s
securities. Moreover, if the Arrangement Agreement is
terminated and the Company’s Board determines to pursue
another merger or business combination, there is no
assurance that the Company’s Board will be able to find a
party willing to pay an equivalent or greater price for all of
Shaw’s issued and outstanding Class A Shares and Class B
Shares than the price to be paid by Rogers pursuant to the
Transaction.
The failure to complete the Transaction could
negatively impact the Company and have a
material adverse effect on the current and
future operations, financial condition and
prospects of the Company
If the Transaction is not completed for any reason, there are
risks that the announcement of the Transaction and the
dedication of substantial resources of the Company to the
completion thereof could have a negative impact on the
Company’s current business relationships (including with
future and prospective employees, customers, suppliers and
partners) and could have a material adverse effect on the
current and future business, operations, results of
operations, financial condition and prospects of the
Company. In addition, failure to complete the Transaction
for any reason could materially negatively impact the market
price of Shaw’s securities.
The entering into of the Arrangement Agreement may also
preclude the Company from participating in any auction by
ISED for wireless spectrum licenses. If the Transaction is not
completed, the inability of the Company to participate in any
wireless spectrum auction and to acquire licenses
thereunder could have a material adverse effect on the
current and future operations, financial condition and
prospects of the Company.
The Company will incur significant costs and,
in certain circumstances, may be required to
pay a Termination Fee
Certain costs relating to the Transaction, such as legal,
accounting, tax and financial advisory fees, must be paid by
the Company even if the Transaction is not completed. In
addition, if the Transaction is not completed for certain
reasons, the Company may be required to pay a termination
fee of $800 million to Rogers, the result of which could have
a material adverse effect on the Company’s business,
financial position and results of operations and its ability to
fund growth prospects and current operations.
The Transaction may divert the attention of
management of the Company, impact the
Company’s ability to attract or retain key
personnel or impact the Company’s third-
party business relationships
The Transaction could cause the attention of the Company’s
management to be diverted from the day-today operations of
the Company. These disruptions could be exacerbated by a
delay in the completion of the Transaction and could have
an adverse effect on the current and future business,
operations, results of operations, financial condition and
prospects of the Company. Because the completion of the
Transaction is subject to uncertainty, officers and employees
of the Company may experience uncertainty about their
future roles with the Company, which may adversely affect
the Company’s ability to attract or retain key management
and personnel in the period until the completion or
termination of the Transaction.
In addition, third parties with which the Company currently
has business relationships or may have business
relationships in the future, including industry partners,
regulators, customers and suppliers, may experience
uncertainty associated with the Transaction, including with
respect to current or future relationships with the Company
or Rogers. Such uncertainty could have a material and
adverse effect on the current and future business,
operations, results of operations, financial condition and
prospects of the Company.
The Arrangement Agreement contains certain
restrictions on the ability of the Company to
conduct its business
Under the Arrangement Agreement, the Company must
generally use its reasonable best efforts to conduct its
business in the ordinary course and, prior to the completion
of the Transaction or the termination of the Arrangement
Agreement, the Company is subject to certain covenants
which restrict it from taking certain actions without the prior
consent of Rogers and which require it to take certain other
actions. In either case, such covenants may delay or prevent
the Company from pursuing business opportunities that may
arise or preclude actions that would otherwise be advisable if
the Company were to remain a standalone entity.
The financing of the Transaction
Although the Arrangement Agreement does not contain a
financing condition and Rogers has received the debt
commitment letter to provide for the debt financing in order
to finance the Transaction, the obligation of the lenders
under the debt commitment letter to provide the debt
financing is subject to certain limited conditions. In the
event that the Transaction cannot be completed due to the
failure of Rogers to obtain financing required to close the
46
Shaw Communications Inc. 2021 Annual Report

Transaction either because the limited conditions to the
financing are not satisfied or other events arise which
prevent Rogers from consummating the debt financing, the
Company expects that Rogers may be unable to fund the
consideration required to complete the Transaction, in which
case Rogers will be required to pay a reverse termination fee
of $1.2 billion to the Company and certain costs amounting
to approximately $120 million relating to Rogers’ exercise of
its right to require Shaw to redeem all of its issued and
outstanding Preferred Shares on June 30, 2021. In addition,
the holders of the Class A Shares and Class B Shares will not
receive the consideration under the Arrangement Agreement
(as the Transaction will not be completed).
Coronavirus (COVID-19)
The outbreak of the novel strain of coronavirus, specifically
identified as “COVID-19,” continues to have worldwide
impacts. Since being recognized by the World Health
Organization as a pandemic on March 11, 2020,
governments worldwide have enacted emergency measures
to contain the spread of the virus. These measures, which
include the implementation of border closures, travel bans,
self-imposed quarantine periods, self-isolation, physical and
social distancing, vaccine passports and the closure (or
capacity reduction) of businesses, have caused material
disruption to businesses in Canada and globally which has
resulted in an uncertain and challenging economic
environment. The pandemic’s impact on the global debt and
equity capital markets caused governments and central
banks to react with significant monetary and fiscal
interventions designed to stabilize economic conditions.
While certain interventions have been lifted, others remain
in place, have been re-instated or may yet be re-instated as
the pandemic continues to threaten the health of Canadians.
It is unknown at this time as to the long-term efficacy of
COVID-19 vaccines and the duration of government
interventions against the COVID-19 virus and potential
variants. Any estimate of the length and severity of these
developments is therefore subject to significant uncertainty,
and accordingly estimates of the extent to which the COVID-
19 pandemic may, directly or indirectly, materially and
adversely affect the Company’s operations, financial results,
and condition in future periods are also subject to significant
uncertainty. Such risks include, but are not limited to:
•
issues delivering the Company’s products and services
due to employee illness, Company or government-
imposed isolation programs, restrictions on the movement
of personnel, retail store closures/re-openings and supply
chain disruptions;
•
impacts on the availability of components and electronics
due to global silicon (microprocessor) supply shortages
and logistical/transport issues, impacting our ability to
obtain inventory, including customer premise and network
equipment;
•
significant additional capital expenditures and the
availability of resources required to maintain, upgrade or
expand our networks in order to accommodate
substantially increased network usage while large
numbers of our customers continue working from home;
•
uncertainty associated with costs, delays and availability
of resources required to complete major maintenance and
expansion projects on time and budget;
•
significant lost revenue in our Shaw Business segment
due to the significant economic challenges that our
enterprise, small and medium sized business customers
are facing due to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic;
•
impacts on the availability of, and therefore our ability to
provide, the content and programming our customers
expect;
•
uncertainty associated with the costs and availability of
resources required to provide the appropriate/required
levels of service to our customers through our digital and
self-serve platforms;
•
a material reduction in demand for, or profitability of, our
products or services, acceleration in cord cutting or cord
shaving by our customers, or increase in delinquent or
unpaid bills, due to job losses and associated financial
hardship;
•
the impact of additional legislation, regulation and other
government interventions in response to the COVID-19
pandemic;
•
the impact of the withdrawal of COVID-19 related
government support programs on customers’ demand or
ability to pay for our products and services;
•
the negative impact on global debt and equity capital
markets, including the trading price of the Company’s
securities;
•
the inability to access capital markets at a reasonable
cost; and
•
the potential impairment of long-lived assets.
Any of these risks, and others, could have a material adverse
effect on our business, operations, capital resources, and/or
financial results of operations.
The severity and duration of impacts from the COVID-19
pandemic remain uncertain and management continues to
focus on the safety of our people, most of whom continue to
work from home, providing reliable connectivity to our
customer base, compliance with guidelines and
requirements issued by various health authorities and
government organizations, and continuity of other critical
business operations. In fiscal 2020, we temporarily closed
retail locations nationally (with the exception of a limited
Management’s Discussion & Analysis Shaw Communications Inc.
47

number of street front stores that remained open to provide
urgent customer support). As at the date of this MD&A,
substantially all of the Company’s retail stores are open for
business
The COVID-19 pandemic continues to evolve and as
governments reduce, lift or reimpose emergency measures
and interventions, the Company’s focus continues to be on
the safety and health of its employees, the reliability of its
facilities-based network and responsiveness to its customers.
The Company’s return to workplace plan, designed to effect
the gradual and safe re-introduction of employees to the
workplace, continues to be evaluated and will be
implemented in phases as government-imposed restrictions
on businesses and individuals are lifted.
In order to address the health and safety of its employees
returning to work, the Company has or will put in place many
new protocols, including vaccination requirements,
enhanced cleaning measures, sanitization stations, and daily
health and wellness self-assessments. The Company is
updating employees on a frequent basis to provide
information on the situation and on necessary precautions to
take. We will continue to have an open dialogue with our
employees and public safety and government officials at all
levels, as well as key suppliers, partners, and customers.
Competition and Technological Change
Shaw operates in an open and competitive marketplace. Our
businesses face competition from regulated and unregulated
entities using existing or new technologies and from illegal
services. In addition, the rapid deployment of technologies,
services, and products has blurred the traditional lines
between telecommunications, Internet and distribution
services and further expands the competitive landscape.
Shaw may also face competition from platforms that may
gain advantages through regulatory processes. In addition,
the industry has experienced a general reduction in barriers
to entry due to technological substitution, the development
of IP networks and certain recent regulatory decisions.
While Shaw continually seeks to strengthen its competitive
position through investments in infrastructure, technology
and customer service and through acquisitions, there can be
no assurance that these investments will maintain Shaw’s
market share or performance in the future. New technologies
in the industry may evolve faster than the historical
investment cycle, potentially resulting in additional capital
investments not currently planned and shorter useful lives
for certain of Shaw’s existing assets. New products or
services introduced into the marketplace may reduce
demand for Shaw’s existing products and services or exert
downward pricing pressure on Shaw’s offerings.
The following developments in the competitive environment,
trends, risks and/or uncertainties specific to areas of our
business may have a material adverse effect on Shaw and its
reputation, as well as its operations and/or its financial
results. In each case, the competitive events, trends, risks
and/or uncertainties may increase or continue to increase.
Competition for new subscribers and retention of existing
subscribers (churn reduction) may require substantial
promotional activity and increase our cost of customer
acquisition, decrease our ABPU, ARPU or all of these
metrics. We expect that competition, including aggressive
discounting practices by competitors to gain market share, is
likely to continue to increase for all our businesses.
Consumer Internet
Shaw competes with different types of ISPs offering
residential Internet access including traditional telephone
companies, wireless providers and independent ISPs making
use of wholesale services to provide Internet access in
various markets. In urban areas competition from traditional
telephone companies is increasing as they near completion
on their FTTP builds, while in rural areas, new entrants
leveraging Low Earth Orbit (LEO) satellite technology are
offering additional connectivity options. Wireless technology,
both LTE and 5G, is also becoming more broadly used for
fixed wireless services, as well as through mobile hotspot or
tethering features. While Shaw continues to invest in
technology and infrastructure to improve its consumer
Internet offerings, there can be no assurance that such
investments will be sufficient to maintain or enhance the
Company’s competitive position with respect to new or
emerging technologies.
Shaw expects that consumer demand for higher Internet
access speeds and greater bandwidth will continue to be
driven by bandwidth-intensive applications including
streaming video, digital downloading, Internet-of-Things
(IOT), remote work, video collaboration technology,
interactive gaming, and cloud-based services. As described
further under “Shaw’s Wireline Network,” Shaw continues to
expand the capacity and efficiency of its wireline network to
handle the anticipated increases in consumer demand for
higher Internet access speeds and greater bandwidth.
However, there can be no assurance that our investments in
network capacity will continue to meet this increasing
demand. In addition, unprecedented situations such as the
COVID-19 pandemic highlighted the unpredictable nature of
network traffic growth and consumer behavior.
Consumer Video
Shaw’s Consumer Video services, delivered through both our
wireline and satellite platforms, compete with other
distributors of video and audio signals. We also compete
increasingly with unregulated OTT and offerings available
over Internet connections. Continued improvements in the
48
Shaw Communications Inc. 2021 Annual Report

quality of streaming video over the Internet and the
increasing availability of television shows and movies online
will continue to increase competition to Shaw’s Consumer
Video services. As a result, we continue to experience cord
cutting and cord shaving in our traditional cable services and
packages.
Consumer Phone
Shaw’s competitors for Consumer Wireline Phone services
include traditional telephone companies, other wireline
carriers, and Voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP) providers. In
addition, households increasingly rely on wireless services in
place of wireline phone services which negatively affects the
business and prospects of our Consumer Wireline Phone
services.
Wireless
Freedom Mobile and Shaw Mobile are relatively new entrants
in the highly competitive Canadian wireless market which is
characterized by three national wireless incumbent carriers
and regional participants. The national wireless incumbent
carriers have larger, and more diverse spectrum holdings
than Shaw, as well as larger operational and financial
resources than Shaw and are well established in the market.
Freedom Mobile and Shaw Mobile’s ability to continue to
offer and improve Wireless services and to offer new services
depends on, among other factors, continued access to, and
deployment of, adequate spectrum, including the ability to
both renew current spectrum licences and acquire new
spectrum licences (in various spectrum bands). If Freedom
Mobile and Shaw Mobile cannot acquire and retain required
spectrum, they may not be able to continue to offer and
improve current wireless services and deploy new services on
a timely basis, including providing competitive data speeds
their customers want. For example, the development and
utilization of 5G technology requires additional spectrum
licenses. While the 5G ecosystems are expected to work on
multiple frequency bands, including 600 MHz spectrum,
3500 MHz spectrum is becoming the primary band for 5G
mobile coverage. Our decision not to participate in the
recent 3500 MHz spectrum auction may place Shaw’s
wireless business at a competitive disadvantage if Shaw is
unable to acquire the spectrum resources required to launch
a 5G service. As a result, Freedom Mobile and Shaw
Mobile’s ability to attract and retain customers could be
adversely affected. In addition, an inability to acquire and
retain required spectrum could affect network quality and
result in higher capital expenditures. See “Risks Related to
the Transaction – The failure to complete the Transaction
could negatively impact the Company and have a material
adverse effect on the current and future operations, financial
condition and prospects of the Company” for more
information.
Our Wireless division may face increased competition from
other facilities based or non-facilities based new entrants or
alternate technologies, including as a result of regulatory
decisions or government policies that favour certain
competitive platforms. For further detail see “Government
Regulations and Regulatory Developments –
Telecommunications Act – CRTC Wireless Review.”
Business Services
Shaw Business competes with other telecommunications
carriers in providing high-speed data and video transport and
Internet connectivity services to businesses, ISPs and other
telecommunications providers. The telecommunications
industry in Canada is highly competitive, rapidly evolving
and subject to constant change. Shaw Business’ competitors
include traditional telephone companies, competitive access
providers, competitive local exchange carriers, ISPs, private
networks built by large end users, and other
telecommunications companies. In addition, the
development and implementation of new technologies by
others could give rise to significant additional competition.
Competitors for the delivery of voice and unified
communication services include traditional
telecommunications companies, resellers and new entrants
to the market leveraging new technologies to deliver
services. Shaw Broadcast Services also competes in
industries that are highly competitive, rapidly evolving and
subject to constant change.
Information Systems and Internal Business
Processes
Many aspects of the Company’s businesses depend to a
large extent on various information technology (IT) systems
and software, and on internal business processes. Shaw
regularly undertakes initiatives to update and improve these
systems and processes. Although the Company has taken
steps to reduce the risks of failure of these systems and
processes, there can be no assurance that potential failures
of, or deficiencies in, these systems, processes or change
initiatives will not have a material adverse effect on Shaw
and its reputation, as well as Shaw’s operations and/or
financial results.
Acquisitions, business combinations and the development
and launch of new services typically require significant
integration and system development efforts. The Company
faces the risk that proposed IT systems or process change
initiatives will not be implemented successfully, on budget,
or on time. As the complexity of the Company’s systems
increases, system stability and availability may be affected.
Failure to implement and maintain appropriate IT systems
could negatively impact Shaw’s reputation, operations and/or
financial results.
Management’s Discussion & Analysis Shaw Communications Inc.
49

Cyber Security Risks
Cyber attacks continue to become more frequent and
sophisticated in nature with a recent increase in telecom
attacks globally. Although Shaw’s systems and network
architecture are designed and operated to be secure, they
are vulnerable to the risks of an unauthorized third party
accessing these systems or its network. This could lead to a
number of adverse consequences, including the
unavailability, disruption or loss of Shaw’s services or key
functionalities within Shaw’s technology systems or software;
the unauthorized disclosure, corruption or loss of sensitive
Company, customer or personal information; litigation,
investigations, fines, and liability for failure to comply with
privacy and information security laws; increased fraud;
increased cyber security protection costs; and higher
insurance premiums. Shaw is also exposed to information
security threats as a result of actions by our customers,
suppliers, third-party service providers, employees and
business partners – whether maliciously or otherwise. Our
insurance may not cover or be adequate to fully reimburse us
for any associated costs and losses.
We continue to assess and enhance our cyber security within
Shaw while we are monitoring the risks of cyber attacks and
implement appropriate security policies, procedures and
information technology systems to mitigate the risk of cyber
attacks.
External threats to our network are constantly changing, and
there is no assurance that Shaw will be able to protect its
network from all future threats which may have a material
adverse effect on Shaw and its reputation, as well as Shaw’s
operations and/or financial results.
Privacy
As part of regular business activities, Shaw collects and
manages personal information in compliance with applicable
laws. In order to minimize privacy risk, Shaw carries out
privacy impact assessments (PIAs) and Threat Risk
Vulnerability Assessments (TRVAs) on new initiatives and
vendor selection processes, and we regularly conduct privacy
training for all Shaw employees. Despite these practices,
privacy threats continue to evolve quickly, and the Company
is at risk of a breach or compromise of employee or customer
data or personal information, which may have a material
adverse effect on Shaw and its reputation, as well as Shaw’s
operations and/or financial results. The Company may also
face regulatory penalties and legal claims in connection with
non-compliance with federal and/or provincial legislation or
regulations. See “Government Regulations & Regulatory
Developments – Privacy and Anti-Spam Legislation – Privacy
Legislation” for more information.
Impact of Regulation
As discussed under “Government Regulations and
Regulatory Developments,” a majority of our Canadian
business activities are subject to: (i) government legislation,
(ii) regulations and policies administered by various
government departments and regulators, particularly ISED,
Canadian Heritage and the CRTC, and (iii) conditions of
licence imposed by ISED and/or the CRTC. Shaw’s
operations, financial results, and future prospects are
affected by changes in legislation, regulations, policies, and
conditions of licence, including pursuant to changes in the
interpretation of existing legislation, regulations and
requirements contained in such conditions of licence by
courts, governments, or the regulators, in particular the
CRTC, ISED, Canadian Heritage, the Competition Bureau,
and the Copyright Board. These changes relate to, and may
have an impact on, among other things, licensing and
licence renewal, spectrum holdings, products and services,
operations, competition, programming carriage and terms of
carriage, strategic transactions, infrastructure access, and
the potential for new or increased fees or costs. All such
changes in the regulatory regime may have a material
adverse effect on the Company and its operations,
reputation, investment capability, ability to compete, as well
as the Company’s financial results and/or future prospects.
Reliance on Suppliers and Third Party Service
Providers
Shaw is connected to or relies on other telecommunication
carriers and certain utilities to conduct its business. Any
disruption to the services provided by these suppliers,
including labour strikes and other work disruptions,
bankruptcies, component sourcing challenges, technical
difficulties or other events affecting the business operations
of these carriers or utilities may affect Shaw’s ability to
operate and, therefore may have a material adverse effect on
Shaw and its reputation, as well as Shaw’s operations and/or
financial results. The advent of the COVID-19 pandemic has
caused disruption to global supply chains, including those
on which Shaw relies to conduct its business.
The Company sources its customer premise, capital
equipment, and capital builds as well as portions of its
service offerings, including network, video delivery and IT
functions from certain key suppliers. While the Company has
alternate sources for many of these purchases, the loss of a
key supplier (or the inability of a key supplier to provide
such products or services for any reason) may require us to
incur additional capital expenditures for the substitution of
existing products and services which could adversely affect
the Company’s ability to operate, and therefore may have a
material adverse effect on Shaw, its reputation, operations
and/or its financial results. Additionally, our ability to obtain
customer premise and network equipment is impacted by
the availability of components and electronics. Shortages of
50
Shaw Communications Inc. 2021 Annual Report

these materials, such as global silicon (microprocessor), or
logistical/transport issues, such as those caused by the
ongoing COVID-19 pandemic, may also have a material
adverse effect on Shaw or its operations.
In the course of fulfilling service arrangements, third-party
service providers must ensure our information is
appropriately protected and safeguarded. Failure to do so
may affect Shaw through increased regulatory risk,
reputational damage, and damage to customer experience.
There are a limited number of suppliers of popular mobile
devices and there is a risk that the Company will not be able
to maintain contracts for its existing supply of mobile
devices and/or contract for the supply of new devices on
commercially reasonable terms.
Shaw has access to global scale initiatives through
partnerships with best-in-class service providers such as
Comcast, Cisco Meraki, and Nokia to ensure that the
technology we adopt and invest in is leading-edge in the
global communications industry. There is a risk that the
Company’s participation in such partnerships ends or that
the technology roadmap of Shaw and its partners diverges,
resulting in disparate strategic approaches. Such divergence
may result in higher capital requirements, prolonged
development timelines of new products and services, and
suboptimal performance of new products and services
introduced by Shaw.
Inventory
Our Wireless division’s inventory consists of devices which
generally have short product lifecycles due to frequent new
device introductions. The failure to effectively manage
inventory levels based on product demand may increase the
risk of inventory obsolescence, which could negatively
impact Shaw’s operations and/or financial results.
Similar to other wireless service providers, Shaw subsidizes
the cost of subscriber devices to attract customers to sign a
term contract with Freedom Mobile or Shaw Mobile. Shaw
also commits to a minimum subsidy per unit with certain
suppliers of devices. There is a risk that Shaw may be
unable to recover the costs of subsidies over the term of the
customer contract which could negatively impact our
business, operations, or financial results.
Network Failure
Shaw’s business may be interrupted by wireline or wireless
network failures, including its own or third-party networks.
Such network failures may be caused by fire damage, natural
disaster, power loss, cyber attacks, human error, disabling
devices, acts of war or terrorism, physical climate change
impacts and other events which may be beyond Shaw’s
control. In recent years we have seen an increase in the
number of severe weather events, such as forest fires
(including those occurring in British Columbia during the
summer of 2021) and floods, that impact our network. The
Company is taking steps to mitigate the consequences of the
rise in severe weather events on its networks. Despite these
efforts, the Company is still subject to an increased risk of
damages to its wireline and wireless networks.
As insurance premium costs are uneconomic relative to the
risk of failure, Shaw self-insures its plant (underground and
aerial infrastructure) in its Fibre+ network. It is likely that
wireline or wireless network damage caused by any one
incident would be limited by geographic area and the
resulting business interruption and financial damages would
also be limited. In addition, with respect to a wireline
network failure, we expect the risk of loss to be mitigated as
most of the backbone fibre network and much of the hybrid
fibre coax, or HFC, access network is located underground.
Shaw protects its wireline and wireless networks through a
number of measures, including physical and information
technology security, redundancy, and ongoing maintenance
and placement of insurance on our network equipment and
data centres. In the past, the Company has successfully
recovered from network damage caused by natural disasters
without significant cost or disruption of service. To further
mitigate this risk, Shaw is nearing completion on the build of
multiple new diverse fibre routes across British Columbia, as
well as other provinces. Additionally, to further increase the
resiliency of our fibre infrastructure in areas that are prone to
fire and wind damage, we are shifting construction to
underground builds, where possible, rather than aerial. The
new routes and underground builds, along with ongoing
investments to increase the resiliency of critical infrastructure
sites and the build of a hub on wheels to allow for rapid
restoration from the total loss of a hubsite, will continue to
increase the resiliency of Shaw’s backbone network.
Despite the steps Shaw takes to reduce the risk of wireline
and wireless network failure, failures may still occur, and
such failures could negatively affect levels of customer
service and relationships which may have a material adverse
effect on Shaw and its reputation, as well as its operations
and/or financial results.
Shaw’s networks may also experience unexpected capacity
pressures as a result of the impact of the COVID-19
pandemic which could negatively affect network
performance and the Company’s ability to provide services.
Negative impacts on network availability, speed, and
consistency could have a material adverse effect on Shaw
and its reputation, as well as Shaw’s operations and/or
financial results.
Management’s Discussion & Analysis Shaw Communications Inc.
51

Customer Experience
Shaw’s customer loyalty, retention, and likelihood to
recommend Shaw all depend on our ability to provide a
seamless connectivity experience that meets or exceeds their
expectations. To meet customer’s needs, the Company has
modernized several aspects of its Wireline operations to
better serve today’s customer, including shifting some self-
serve interactions to digital platforms, while maintaining
professional install and in-person technical support for
customer touchpoints that improve overall satisfaction. The
Company continues to simplify manual processes that
improve its customers overall connectivity experience and
day-to-day operations for our employees.
The complexity in our operations due to the use of multiple
technology platforms, billing systems, sales channels,
marketing databases as well as different rate plans,
promotions, and product offerings may limit the Company’s
ability to respond quickly to market changes and lead to
billing, service, or other errors, which may adversely affect
customer satisfaction and retention. The failure to sustain
and expand customer relationships through quality products/
services, and customer service could have a material adverse
effect on our business, financial condition, reputation, and/
or results of operations.
Shaw uses data analytics tools to perform customer
segmentation, improve our offerings to customers, and
support corporate decision-making. If the data behind these
tools is poor or our analytical tools are not well designed,
there is a risk they will not be effective in predicting our
customers’ needs and wants. The realization of these risks
could negatively impact our business and/or reputation.
Satellite
Shaw uses three satellites (Anik F2, Anik F3 and Anik G1)
owned by Telesat to provide satellite services in our
Consumer division. Effective October 1, 2019, the Company
transferred its ownership interest in the 16 Anik F2
transponders, adjusted its satellite traffic on the Anik F1R
and Anik F2 satellites, and renewed its capacity service
agreements in place on Anik F1R, Anik F2, and Anik G1 until
the effective end-of-life dates of such satellites. In
connection with the Company’s digital network upgrade
(DNU) program, the Company has effectively optimized
satellite traffic, enabling a reduction in the total number of
transponders required by the Company to conduct its
business and absorbing the previous capacity leased on Anik
F1R prior to this satellite reaching the end of its serviceable
life in August 2021. The Company continues to assess its
long term satellite capacity requirements with no assurance
that replacement transponder capacity will be available or
that agreements for such capacity will be entered into on
favourable terms. This may have a material adverse effect on
customer service and customer relationships, as well as the
Company’s reputation, operations and/or financial results.
The Company does not maintain any insurance coverage for
the transponders on Anik F2, Anik F3 and Anik G1 as it
believes the costs are uneconomic relative to the benefit
which could be otherwise derived through an arrangement
with Telesat. As collateral for the transponder capacity
pre-payments that were made by the Company to facilitate
the construction of the satellites, the Company maintains a
security interest in the transponder capacity and any related
insurance proceeds that Telesat recovers in connection with
an insured loss event.
The Company does not maintain business interruption
insurance covering damage related to the loss of use of one
or more of the transponders on the satellites as it believes
that the insurance premium costs are uneconomic relative to
the risk of transponder and/or satellite failure. The majority
of transponder capacity is available to the Company on an
unprotected, non-pre-emptible basis. The Company has the
option to contract transponders with excess capacities on
Anik F2, subject to availability. In the event of satellite
failure, service will be restored as capacity becomes
available. Restoration of satellite service on another satellite
may require repositioning or re-pointing of customers’
receiving dishes, an upgrade to their video receivers or
customers may require a larger dish. The Anik G1 satellite
has a switch feature that allows whole channel services
(transponders and available spares) to be switched from
extended Ku-band to Ku-band, which provides the Company
with limited back-up to restore failed whole channel services
of Anik F2 or augment overall Ku-band capacity if the need
arises. The Company has reserved limited access to Ku band
frequencies in the 107.3 orbital location to enable the
switching feature, subject to availability. Satellite failure
could negatively affect levels of customer service and
customer relationships and may have a material adverse
effect on Shaw and its reputation, as well as Shaw’s
operations and/or financial results.
The provision of Internet connectivity in rural areas by new
entrants leveraging LEO satellite technology may accelerate
cord cutting and/or cord shaving trends among Shaw Direct
customers.
Economic Conditions
The Canadian economy is affected by uncertainty in global
financial and equity markets, and slowdowns in national
and/or global economic growth. Changes in economic
conditions, which may differ across our regional footprint,
may affect discretionary consumer and business spending,
resulting in increased or decreased demand for Shaw’s
product offerings. Current or future events caused by
volatility in domestic or international economic conditions or
a decline in economic growth may have a material adverse
effect on Shaw, its operations and/or financial results. The
advent of the COVID-19 pandemic has exacerbated both the
uncertainty and volatility in economic growth rates.
52
Shaw Communications Inc. 2021 Annual Report

Programming Expenses
Expenses for video programming continue to be one of our
most significant operating expenses. Costs may continue to
increase, particularly for sports programming. In addition, as
we add programming or distribute existing programming to
more of our subscriber base, programming expenses
increase. Although we have been successful at reducing the
impact of these cost increases through the sale of additional
services or increasing subscriber rates, there can be no
assurance that we will continue to be able to do so and this
may have a material adverse effect on Shaw, its operations
and/or its financial results.
Roaming Agreements
Shaw and/or its wholly owned subsidiaries have entered into
roaming agreements with multiple carriers in Canada and
around the world to extend its national and worldwide
coverage. If the Company is unable to extend its national
and worldwide wireless coverage, or renew or substitute for
those roaming agreements at their respective existing terms
or on commercially reasonable terms, the Company may be
placed at a competitive disadvantage, which could adversely
affect its ability to operate its Wireless business, as well as
its reputation and customer experience. In addition, if the
Company is unable to renew, or substitute for, these roaming
agreements on a timely basis and at an acceptable cost, its
cost structure could materially increase, and, consequently,
its business, prospects, revenues, financial condition, and
results of Wireless operations could be adversely affected.
The three incumbent national wireless carriers are required
by CRTC regulation to provide domestic wholesale roaming
services to Shaw and other facilities-based wireless
competitors at regulated rates. Changes to the regulated
rates or other terms in the wholesale roaming policy could
negatively impact the Company’s wireless financial results,
growth prospects, and operational flexibility. For further
detail see “Government Regulations and Regulatory
Developments – Telecommunications Act – CRTC Wireless
Review.”
Talent Management and Succession Planning
Shaw’s success is substantially dependent upon the retention
and the continued performance of our executive officers.
Many of these executive officers are uniquely qualified in
their areas of expertise, making it difficult to replace their
services in the short to medium term. The loss of the services
of any key executives and/or employees in critical roles or
inadequate processes designed to attract, develop, motivate,
and retain productive and engaged employees could have a
material adverse effect on Shaw, its operations and/or
financial results. To mitigate this risk, the Company’s
comprehensive compensation program is designed to attract,
retain, motivate, and reward the executive team and key
employees through aligning management’s interest with our
business objectives and performance.
Furthermore, in light of the announcement of the
Transaction, the Company has provided retention packages
for members of the senior leadership team as well as key
employees to ensure cooperation and appropriate motivation
and alignment of interests of employees in connection with
the Arrangement, to retain them during the interim period
between the signing of the Arrangement Agreement and the
closing of the Transaction, and to compensate them for
additional work they will be required to perform as a result of
the Transaction (in addition to the full time work they
perform for the Company on a daily basis).
Labour Relations
As at August 31, 2021, approximately 5% of our employees
are represented by unions under collective bargaining
agreements. While the Company strives to maintain positive
labour relations, we can neither predict the outcome of
current or future negotiations relating to labour disputes,
union representation, or renewal of collective bargaining
agreements, nor be able to avoid future work stoppages,
strikes, or other forms of labour protests pending the
outcome of any current or future negotiations. A prolonged
work stoppage, strike or other form of labour protest could
have a material adverse effect on our businesses, operations,
and reputation. Even if the Company does not experience
strikes or other forms of labour protests, the outcome of
labour negotiations could adversely affect our businesses
and results of operations. In addition, our ability to make
short-term adjustments to control compensation and benefits
costs could be limited by the terms of such collective
bargaining agreements. To support all leaders and
employees, we continually listen to remove barriers and
respond in real-time to needs and concerns. We also
continue to provide support for leaders on how to manage
change and maintain positive employee engagement and
relations.
Climate Change
Climate change risks are important considerations for Shaw.
These risks have been classified as two main types –
physical risks and transition risks – which are described in
further detail below.
Physical Risks
In accordance with the recommendations of the Task Force
on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD), we
recognize that climate change may increase the severity,
duration, and frequency of natural hazards and weather-
related events. These in turn may negatively impact our
business, which may require us to protect, test, maintain,
repair, and replace our networks, IT systems, equipment and
other infrastructure. For example:
•
increased temperatures could impact our networks, IT
systems, equipment and other infrastructure which could
require the installation of additional cooling devices;
Management’s Discussion & Analysis Shaw Communications Inc.
53

•
acute risks (e.g., ice storms, extreme precipitation,
flooding, fires, hurricanes, tornados, tsunamis) and
chronic risks (e.g., sea-level rise) could impact or destroy
our facilities or network, equipment, and other
infrastructure, and affect our employees’ ability to safely
perform work. These impacts may increase our insurance
related expenses, and affect our ability to deliver
products and services; and
•
climate change related impacts to our key suppliers could
adversely affect their ability to supply us with required
products and services.
The occurrence of any of these events could have a material
adverse effect on our operations and/or financial results. See
also “Network Failure” risks above which could increase in
severity and/or frequency as a result of climate change
related natural disasters.
With the exception of our network equipment and data
centres, we self-insure our Fibre+ network and, as a result,
have limited insurance coverage against the losses resulting
from natural disasters affecting our Fibre+ network. For
further detail see “Network Failure” above.
Although we have business continuity/resumption plans and
disaster recovery plans and strategies in place, the failure of
any of our climate change mitigation and adaptation efforts
(including response strategies and business continuity
protocols) may affect our business through potential
disruption of our operations, damage to our facilities and
infrastructure, and affect the communities that we operate
in and serve, which may have a material adverse effect on
Shaw and its reputation, as well as its operations, prospects
and/or financial results.
Transition Risks
Climate change is drawing more attention through evolving
public interest as well as government regulation and policy.
• Policy & legal risk: Many aspects of our operations are
subject to evolving and increasingly stringent federal,
provincial, and local environmental, health, and safety
laws and regulations. These laws and regulations impose
requirements with respect to matters such as fuel storage,
the
recovery
and
recycling
of
end-of-life
electronic
products,
greenhouse
gas
emissions,
the
release
of
substances into the environment, corrective and remedial
action concerning such releases, and the proper handling,
management and disposal of substances. These evolving
considerations and more stringent laws and regulations
could lead to increased costs for compliance, which could
be material. For example, we may be required to incur
additional capital expenditures from substituting existing
products and services with lower emissions options. The
Company may also incur increased operational costs due
to higher fuel and energy prices resulting from carbon
taxes and/or cap and trade programs.
• Reputational Risk: Failure to recognize and adequately
respond
to
changing
environmental
matters
and
expectations, or to comply with environmental laws and
regulations,
could
result
in
fines,
new
regulatory
obligations
and
associated
costs,
or
damage
to
our
reputation or brand any of which could have a material
adverse effect on our operations and/or financial results.
On December 7, 2020, Shaw issued its inaugural ESG
report to provide stakeholders (i.e. customers, employees,
investors, supply chain partners and regulators) with an
overview of our ESG program, including Shaw’s goals and
actions. Shaw’s ESG report can be found at https://
www.shaw.ca/corporate/environmental-social-governance.
As part of the development of the ESG program, we
integrated climate-related considerations into our
governance and risk management practices.
Interest Rates, Foreign Exchange Rates and
Capital Markets
Shaw has the following financial risks in its day-to-day
operations:
(a)
Interest rates: Due to the capital-intensive nature of
Shaw’s operations, the Company uses long-term
financing extensively in its capital structure. The
primary components of this structure include banking
facilities and various Canadian denominated senior
notes and debentures with varying maturities issued in
the public markets. These are more fully described in
Note 13 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Interest on bank indebtedness is based on floating
rates while the senior notes are all fixed-rate
obligations. If required, Shaw uses its credit facility to
finance day-to-day operations and, depending on
market conditions, periodically converts the bank
loans to fixed-rate instruments through public market
debt issues. Increases in interest rates may have a
material adverse effect on Shaw, its operations and/or
its financial results.
(b)
Capital markets: Shaw requires or may require ongoing
access to capital markets to support its operations.
Changes in capital market conditions, including
significant changes in market interest rates or lending
practices, or changes in Shaw’s credit ratings, may
adversely affect our ability to raise or refinance short-
term or long-term debt and therefore may have a
material adverse effect on Shaw, its operations and/or
its financial results.
Shaw manages its exposure to floating interest rates by
maintaining a mix of fixed and floating rate debt. Interest on
the Company’s unsecured credit facility and accounts
receivable securitization program are based on floating rates,
while the senior notes are all fixed rate obligations.
54
Shaw Communications Inc. 2021 Annual Report

As at August 31, 2021, virtually all of Shaw’s consolidated
long-term debt was fixed with respect to interest rates.
The Company may also enter into derivative contracts,
primarily forward contracts, to mitigate its exposure to
foreign exchange and interest rate risks. While hedging and
other efforts to manage these risks are intended to mitigate
Shaw’s risk exposure, because of the inherent nature and
risk of such transactions, those activities can result in
losses. For instance, if Shaw hedges its floating interest rate
exposure, it may forego the benefits that may otherwise be
experienced if rates were to fall and it is subject to credit
risks associated with the counterparties with whom it
contracts. In order to minimize the risk of counterparty
default under its derivatives agreements, Shaw assesses the
creditworthiness of its derivative counterparties. Further
information concerning the policy and use of derivative
financial instruments is contained in Notes 2 and 30 to the
Consolidated Financial Statements.
Litigation
Shaw and its subsidiaries are involved in litigation matters
arising in the ordinary course and conduct of its business.
Although management does not expect that the outcome of
these matters will have a material adverse effect on the
Company, there can be no assurance that these matters, or
other legal matters that arise in the future, will not have a
material adverse effect on Shaw and its reputation, as well
as Shaw’s operations and/or financial results.
Shaw is a public company with shares trading on the Toronto
and New York stock exchanges. As a result, the Company may
be subject to civil liability under Canadian and US securities
laws for alleged misrepresentations by the Company in its
public disclosure documents and/or oral statements.
Legal and Ethical Compliance
Shaw expects and relies on its employees, officers, Board of
Directors, contractors, suppliers, and other business partners
to act in accordance with applicable legal and ethical
standards in all jurisdictions in which we operate, including,
but not limited to, anti-bribery, anti-corruption, and anti-
money laundering laws and regulations. Situations where
Shaw’s employees, officers, Board of Directors, contractors,
suppliers, and other business partners do not adhere to
applicable laws and regulations, the Company’s policies or
its contractual obligations, whether inadvertently or
intentionally, may expose the Company to litigation and the
possibility of damages, sanctions, and fines, or of being
disqualified from bidding on contracts, which may have a
material adverse effect on Shaw and its reputation, as well
as its operations, prospects, and/or financial results.
Taxes
Shaw’s business is subject to various tax laws, changes to
tax laws and the adoption of new tax laws, regulations
thereunder and interpretations thereof, which may have
adverse tax consequences to Shaw.
While Shaw believes it has adequately provided for all
income and commodity taxes based on information that is
currently available, the calculation and the applicability of
taxes in many cases require significant judgment in
interpreting tax rules and regulations. In addition, Shaw’s tax
filings are subject to government audits which could result
in material changes in the amount of current and deferred
income tax assets and liabilities and other liabilities which
may, in certain circumstances, result in the assessment of
interest and penalties.
Concerns about Alleged Health Risks relating
to Radiofrequency Emissions
Concerns about alleged health risks relating to
radiofrequency emissions may adversely affect our Wireless
division and our Shaw Go WiFi operations. Some studies
have alleged that links exist between radiofrequency
emissions from certain wireless devices and cell sites and
various health problems or possible interference with
electronic medical devices, including hearing aids and
pacemakers. The Company complies with all applicable laws
and regulations. Further, the Company relies on suppliers of
wireless network equipment and customer equipment to
meet or exceed all applicable regulatory and safety
requirements. No definitive evidence exists of harmful
effects from exposure to radiofrequency emissions when
legal limits are complied with. Additional studies of
radiofrequency emissions are ongoing and we cannot be
certain of results, which could result in additional or more
restrictive regulation or exposure to potential litigation.
Acquisitions, Dispositions and Other Strategic
Transactions
Shaw may from time to time make acquisitions to expand its
existing businesses or to enter into sectors in which Shaw
does not currently operate, dispositions to focus on core
offerings or enter into other strategic transactions. Such
acquisitions, dispositions and/or strategic transactions may
fail to realize the anticipated benefits, result in unexpected
costs, result in unexcepted liabilities that were not
uncovered through the due diligence process and/or Shaw
may have difficulty incorporating or integrating the acquired
business, any of which may have a material adverse effect
on Shaw, its operations and/or financial results. Under the
terms of the Arrangement Agreement, and prior to the
completion of the Transaction or the termination of the
Arrangement Agreement, the Company is subject to
covenants which restrict it from making certain acquisitions,
Management’s Discussion & Analysis Shaw Communications Inc.
55

dispositions or other strategic transactions without Rogers’
consent. For further detail, refer to the Arrangement
Agreement and the management information circular, filed
March 15, 2021 and April 23, 2021, respectively, on
Shaw’s SEDAR profile at www.sedar.com and EDGAR profile
at www.sec.gov/edgar.shtml.
Dividend Payments are not Guaranteed
Shaw currently pays monthly common share dividends in
amounts approved on a quarterly basis by the Board of
Directors. Over the long term, Shaw expects to continue to
pay dividends from its free cash flow; however, balance
sheet cash and/or credit facilities may be used to fund
dividends from time to time. Although Shaw intends to make
regular dividend payments, dividends are not guaranteed as
actual results may differ from expectations and there can be
no assurance that the Company will continue common share
dividend payments at the current level. In addition to the
standard legislated solvency and liquidity tests that must be
met, the Company would not be able to declare and pay
dividends if there was an event of default or a pending event
of default would result (as a consequence of declaring and
paying dividends) under its credit facilities.
Under the terms of the Arrangement Agreement entered into
with Rogers, the Company is restricted in its ability to
increase the amount of the dividend payments prior to the
completion of the Transaction without Rogers’ consent.
Holding Company Structure
Substantially all of Shaw’s business activities are operated
by its subsidiaries. As a holding company, our ability to meet
our financial obligations is dependent primarily upon the
receipt of interest and principal payments on intercompany
advances, management fees, cash dividends and other
payments from our subsidiaries together with proceeds
raised by the Company through the issuance of equity and
the incurrence of debt, and from proceeds received on the
sale of assets. The payment of dividends and the making of
loans, advances and other payments to Shaw by its
subsidiaries may be subject to statutory or contractual
restrictions, are contingent upon the earnings of those
subsidiaries and are subject to various business and other
considerations.
Control of the Company
Voting control of the Company is held by SFLT and its
subsidiaries. As at October 29, 2021, SFLT and its
subsidiaries held, directly or indirectly, or exercised control
or direction over 17,662,400 Class A Shares, representing
approximately 79% of the issued and outstanding Class A
Shares, for the benefit of the descendants of the late JR
Shaw and Carol Shaw. The sole trustee of SFLT is a private
company controlled by a board consisting of seven directors,
including as at October 29, 2021, Bradley S. Shaw, four
other members of his family, and two independent directors.
The Class A Shares are the only shares entitled to vote in all
circumstances. Accordingly, SFLT and its subsidiaries are
able to elect a majority of the Board of Directors of the
Company and to control the vote on matters submitted to a
vote of the Company’s Class A Shares.
56
Shaw Communications Inc. 2021 Annual Report

SUMMARY OF QUARTERLY RESULTS
Below is a quarterly summary of the Company’s consolidated financial results and selected key performance drivers for fiscal
2021 and 2020.
(millions of Canadian dollars except per share amounts)
2021
2020
Q4
Q3
Q2
Q1
Q4
Q3
Q2
Q1
Revenue
1,377
1,375
1,387
1,370
1,349
1,312
1,363
1,383
Adjusted EBITDA (1)
614
642
637
607
594
609
600
588
Restructuring costs
—
(1)
(1)
(12)
—
(14)
—
—
Amortization
(310)
(300)
(303)
(305)
(312)
(302)
(300)
(303)
Amortization of financing costs
—
(1)
—
(1)
(1)
—
(1)
(1)
Interest expense
(67)
(31)
(67)
(66)
(68)
(67)
(68)
(71)
Other income (expense)
(6)
(21)
26
(2)
(1)
7
(19)
(3)
Income taxes
21
66
(75)
(58)
(37)
(49)
(45)
(48)
Net income (2)
252
354
217
163
175
184
167
162
Earnings per share
Basic and diluted
0.50
0.70
0.43
0.31
0.34
0.35
0.32
0.31
Other Information
Cash flows from operating activities
590
560
473
300
632
588
361
339
Free cash flow (1)
180
308
248
225
152
221
191
183
Capital expenditures and equipment costs
287
233
250
233
307
268
276
260
(1) See “Key Performance Drivers” for more information about these non-GAAP financial measures.
(2) Net income attributable to both equity shareholders and non-controlling interests.
F21 Q4
vs
F21 Q3
In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2021, net income decreased $102 million compared to the third quarter of fiscal
2021 mainly due to a $36 million increase in interest expense and a $126 million increase in current taxes in the
fourth quarter as a result of a revision to liabilities for uncertain tax positions which reduced these expenses by
$35 million and $125 million respectively in the third quarter as well as a $28 million decrease in adjusted
EBITDA partially offset by an $81 million decrease in deferred taxes resulting mainly from the recognition of a tax
benefit associated with previously unrecognized tax losses and a decrease of $15 million in other expenses mainly
due to lower Transaction related costs, all in the fourth quarter.
F21 Q3
vs
F21 Q2
In the third quarter of fiscal 2021, net income increased $137 million compared to the second quarter of fiscal
2021 mainly due to a $131 million decrease in current income taxes expense and a $36 million decrease in
interest expense mainly due to a revision to liabilities for uncertain tax positions that became statute barred in the
period, which reduced these expenses by $125 million and $35 million respectively, a $9 million decrease in
deferred taxes, and a $5 million increase in adjusted EBITDA, partially offset by $18 million in Transaction
related advisory, legal, financial, and other professional fees in the third quarter and the impact of the $27 million
fair value gain on private investments recorded in the second quarter.
F21 Q2
vs
F21 Q1
In the second quarter of fiscal 2021, net income increased $54 million compared to the first quarter of fiscal
2021 mainly due to a $30 million increase in adjusted EBITDA, an $11 million decrease in restructuring costs,
and a $27 million fair value gain on private investments recorded in the second quarter, partially offset by a
$9 million increase in deferred taxes and an $8 million increase in current taxes, all in the second quarter.
F21 Q1
vs
F20 Q4
In the first quarter of fiscal 2021, net income decreased $12 million compared to the fourth quarter of fiscal
2020 mainly due to a $12 million increase in restructuring costs in the first quarter and a $27 million increase in
deferred taxes, partially offset by a $13 million increase in adjusted EBITDA and a $6 million decrease in current
taxes, all in the first quarter.
F20 Q4
vs
F20 Q3
In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2020, net income decreased $9 million compared to the third quarter of fiscal 2020
mainly due to a $15 million decrease in adjusted EBITDA and a $23 million increase in current taxes in the fourth
quarter as well an $8 million decrease in other gains as a result of an insurance claim recovery in the third quarter
partially offset by a $35 million decrease in deferred taxes and a $14 million decrease in restructuring costs in the
fourth quarter.
Management’s Discussion & Analysis Shaw Communications Inc.
57

F20 Q3
vs
F20 Q2
In the third quarter of fiscal 2020, net income increased $17 million compared to the second quarter of fiscal
2020 mainly due to a $26 million increase in other gains/losses, which includes the impact of the $17 million
payment related to the early redemption of $800 million in senior notes in the second quarter, a $6 million
insurance claim recovery, a $9 million increase in adjusted EBITDA in the third quarter and a $4 million decrease
in current taxes, offset by a $14 million restructuring cost and an $8 million increase in deferred taxes, also in the
third quarter.
F20 Q2
vs
F20 Q1
In the second quarter of fiscal 2020, net income increased $5 million compared to the first quarter of fiscal 2020
mainly due to a $13 million decrease in current taxes, a $12 million increase in adjusted EBITDA and a
$3 million decrease in interest expense, all in the second quarter, partially offset by a $17 million payment related
to the early redemption of $800 million in senior notes and a $10 million increase in deferred taxes, also in the
second quarter.
F20 Q1
vs
F19 Q4
In the first quarter of fiscal 2020, net income decreased $4 million compared to the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019
mainly due to a $23 million decrease in deferred taxes in the first quarter. This was partially offset by a $7 million
increase in current taxes in the first quarter as well as the net impact of the adoption of IFRS 16 which resulted in
a decrease to operating, general and administrative costs that was more than offset by increases to amortization of
property, plant and equipment, intangibles and other and interest expense.
Fourth Quarter 2021 Highlights
The following discusses the results for the fourth quarter of fiscal 2021 (three-month period ended August 31, 2021) as
compared with the results from the fourth quarter of fiscal 2020 (three-month period ended August 31, 2020).
Revenue
Consolidated revenue increased 2.1% year-over-year to $1.38 billion.
•
Wireless revenue of $321 million for the fourth quarter of fiscal 2021 increased $27 million, or 9.2%, over the fourth
quarter of fiscal 2020. The increase was driven mainly by higher service revenues which contributed an incremental
$22 million, or 10.4%, to consolidated revenue primarily due to an increased subscriber base, including significant Shaw
Mobile additions, which was complemented by an increase in equipment revenue of $5 million, or 6.0%, over the previous
year. Fourth quarter ARPU decreased 5.7% to $37.39 reflecting Shaw Mobile customer growth.
•
Consumer division revenue decreased $7 million, or 0.8%, to $910 million as growth in Internet revenue was offset by
declines in Video, Satellite, and Phone subscribers and revenue.
•
Business division revenue of $149 million increased $9 million, or 6.4%, as a result of Internet revenue growth and
continued demand for the Smart suite of products, despite the challenging circumstances due to impacts of COVID-19 and
considering the majority of Shaw Business revenue comes from the small to medium sized business sector.
Adjusted EBITDA
Adjusted EBITDA for the fourth quarter of $614 million increased $20 million, or 3.4%, from $594 million in the comparable
prior year quarter.
•
Wireless adjusted EBITDA of $106 million for the fourth quarter of fiscal 2021 improved by $22 million, or 26.2%, over the
fourth quarter of fiscal 2020 primarily due to continued service revenue growth. Adjusted EBITDA results include a
reduction in bad debt expense compared to the prior year quarter as COVID-19 did not have a significant impact on our
customers’ ability to pay their bills as expected, combined with an increased focus on collecting aged receivables.
•
Wireline adjusted EBITDA for the fourth quarter of fiscal 2021 of $508 million decreased $2 million, or 0.4%, from
$510 million in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2020.
Adjusted EBITDA margin
Adjusted EBITDA margin for the fourth quarter of 44.6% increased 60-basis points compared to 44.0% in the fourth quarter of
fiscal 2020.
58
Shaw Communications Inc. 2021 Annual Report

Capital expenditures and equipment
In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2021, capital investment of $287 million decreased $20 million from the comparable period in
fiscal 2020. Total Wireline capital spending of $221 million increased by approximately $29 million year-over-year primarily
due to higher investments in the combined upgrades, enhancements and replacement categories as well as an increase in new
housing development. Wireless spending of $66 million decreased by approximately $49 million year-over-year primarily due to
lower planned investments in the quarter.
Amortization
Amortization of $310 million decreased 0.6% compared to the fourth quarter of 2020. The decrease in amortization is mainly
due to a decrease in deferred equipment costs in the quarter partially offset by the amortization of new expenditures of
property, plant and equipment and intangibles exceeding the amortization of those assets that became fully amortized during
the period.
Interest
Interest expense of $67 million for the fourth quarter decreased $1 million over the comparable prior year quarter mainly due to
the lower average outstanding debt balances in the period.
Free cash flow
Free cash flow for the quarter of $180 million compared to $152 million in the comparable prior year quarter. The increase was
largely due to higher adjusted EBITDA and lower capital expenditures.
Income taxes
Income taxes were lower in the quarter compared to the fourth quarter of fiscal 2020 due mainly to the recognition of a $78
million tax benefit associated with previously unrecognized tax losses in the fourth quarter of 2021 driven by management’s
expectations that sufficient future taxable profit will be available to fully utilize such losses.
Seasonality and Trends
While financial results for the Company are generally not subject to significant seasonal fluctuations, subscriber activity may
fluctuate from one quarter to another. Subscriber activity may also be affected by competition and Shaw’s promotional activity.
Our Video subscriber activity is influenced by cord shaving and cord cutting trends, which has resulted in fewer subscribers
watching traditional cable TV, as well as a lower number of TV subscribers. In addition, trends in the use of wireless products
and Internet or social media as substitutes for traditional home phone products have resulted in fewer Phone subscribers.
Satellite subscriber activity is modestly higher around the summertime when more subscribers have second homes in use.
Wireless subscriber activity is influenced by the launch of popular new mobile devices, seasonal promotional periods, and the
level of competitive intensity. Our first and fourth quarters typically experience higher volumes of wireless competitive activity
as a result of back to school and holiday season-related consumer behavior. Aggressive promotional offers are often advertised
during these periods which can impact our Wireless subscriber metrics. Shaw’s Wireline and Wireless businesses do not depend
on any single customer or concentration of customers.
Furthermore, due to uncertainties relating to the severity, duration and continuing impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, it is
difficult at this time to estimate the impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business and future financial results. Therefore,
the trends experienced during the COVID-19 pandemic, including impacts on consumer demand and spending, may not fully
reflect the typical seasonal variations experienced by our business. Accordingly, it is difficult at this time to evaluate the
impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic on the seasonality trends that normally characterize our business.
Management’s Discussion & Analysis Shaw Communications Inc.
59

Growth (losses) in subscriber statistics as follows:
2021
Subscriber Statistics
Opening
First
Second
Third
Fourth
Ending
Video – Cable
1,390,520
(34,437) (26,497) (20,917) (25,790) 1,282,879
Video – Satellite
650,727
(33,587) (13,508)
(861) (12,193)
590,578
Internet
1,903,868
(15,068)
(5,425)
1,283
5,094
1,889,752
Phone
672,610
(23,760) (20,418) (15,777) (17,075)
595,580
Total Consumer
4,617,725
(106,852) (65,848) (36,272) (49,964) 4,358,789
Video – Cable
37,512
(33)
330
29
(728)
37,110
Video – Satellite
36,002
2,365
(1,903)
(1,302)
4,928
40,090
Internet
178,270
1,191
369
1,131
1,162
182,123
Phone
387,660
2,422
1,022
(47)
(785)
390,272
Total Business
639,444
5,945
(182)
(189)
4,577
649,595
Total Wireline
5,257,169
(100,907) (66,030) (36,461) (45,387) 5,008,384
Wireless – Postpaid
1,482,175
87,296
75,069
46,604
48,145
1,739,289
Wireless – Prepaid
339,339
13,733
7,228
4,404
12,378
377,082
Total Wireless
1,821,514
101,029
82,297
51,008
60,523
2,116,371
Total Subscribers
7,078,683
122
16,267
14,547
15,136
7,124,755
2020
Subscriber Statistics
Opening
First
Second
Third
Fourth
Ending
Video – Cable
1,478,371
(13,948) (19,310) (21,604) (32,989) 1,390,520
Video – Satellite
703,223
(31,875) (13,211)
(110)
(7,300)
650,727
Internet
1,911,703
5,648
6,072
(5,103) (14,452) 1,903,868
Phone
767,745
(26,178) (23,547) (20,648) (24,762)
672,610
Total Consumer
4,861,042
(66,353) (49,996) (47,465) (79,503) 4,617,725
Video – Cable
41,843
1,622
(2,779)
(4,854)
1,680
37,512
Video – Satellite
35,656
2,333
1,099
(4,835)
1,749
36,002
Internet
173,686
694
(338)
82
4,146
178,270
Phone
379,434
4,253
1,509
1,779
685
387,660
Total Business
630,619
8,902
(509)
(7,828)
8,260
639,444
Total Wireline
5,491,661
(57,451) (50,505) (55,293) (71,243) 5,257,169
Wireless – Postpaid
1,313,828
66,865
54,289
2,236
44,957
1,482,175
Wireless – Prepaid
344,357
(8,954)
(3,230)
(7,701)
14,867
339,339
Total Wireless
1,658,185
57,911
51,059
(5,465)
59,824
1,821,514
Total Subscribers
7,149,846
460
554
(60,758) (11,419) 7,078,683
60
Shaw Communications Inc. 2021 Annual Report

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
OVERVIEW OF FISCAL 2021 CONSOLIDATED RESULTS
Change
2021
2020
(millions of Canadian dollars except per share amounts)
2021 (1)
2020 (1)
2019
%
%
Operations:
Revenue
5,509
5,407
5,340
1.9
1.3
Adjusted EBITDA(2)
2,500
2,391
2,154
4.6
11.0
Adjusted EBITDA margin(2)
45.4%
44.2%
40.3%
2.7
9.7
Funds flow from operations(3)
2,249
1,989
1,777
13.1
11.9
Net income
986
688
733
43.3
(6.1)
Free cash flow(2)
961
747
538
28.6
38.8
Balance sheet:
Total assets
15,792
16,165
15,646
Long-term financial liabilities
Long-term debt (including current portion)
4,550
4,548
5,308
Lease liabilities (including current portion)
1,245
1,270
–
Per share data:
Basic and diluted earnings per share
1.94
1.32
1.41
Weighted average number of participating shares
outstanding during period (millions)
504
515
511
Cash dividends declared per share
Class A
1.1825
1.1825
1.1825
Class B
1.1850
1.1850
1.1850
(1) Fiscal 2021 and 2020 figures reflect the impact of the adoption and application of IFRS 16 while fiscal 2019 figures do
not and are not comparable.
(2) See “Key Performance Drivers” for more information about these non-GAAP financial measures and non-GAAP ratio.
(3) Funds flow from operations is presented before changes in non-cash working capital as presented in the Consolidated
Statements of Cash Flows.
Revenue and Adjusted EBITDA
Consolidated revenue increased 1.9% year-over-year to
$5.51 billion and adjusted EBITDA increased 4.6% year-
over-year to $2.50 billion. Fiscal 2021 results include
incremental Wireline Consumer revenue of approximately
$20 million related to the release of a provision following the
CRTC decision on final aggregated TPIA rates and higher
equity-based compensation costs of approximately $24
million due to the significant increase in Shaw’s share price
in connection with the Transaction announcement on March
15, 2021. In addition, fiscal 2021 adjusted EBITDA results
include a reduction in bad debt expense compared to the
prior periods of approximately $28 million for the year as
COVID-19 did not have a significant impact on our
customers’ ability to pay their bills as expected, combined
with an increased focus on collecting aged receivables. For
further discussion of divisional performance see “Segmented
Operations Review.”
Consolidated revenue of $5.51 billion for fiscal 2021
improved 1.9% over $5.41 billion for fiscal 2020. Revenue
improved primarily due to the Wireless division contributing
revenues of $1,272 million in fiscal 2021 as compared to
$1,166 million in the prior year. The year-over-year
improvement in Wireless revenue of $106 million, or 9.1%,
reflects higher service revenues of $76 million due to an
increased subscriber base, including significant Shaw
Mobile additions, along with an increase in equipment
revenues of $30 million. Wireline division revenues of
$4,249 million in fiscal 2021 were essentially flat
compared to $4,250 million in the prior year. Business
division revenues increased $17 million, or 3.0%, mainly
Management’s Discussion & Analysis Shaw Communications Inc.
61

due to Internet revenue growth and continued demand for
the Smart suite of products, despite the challenging
circumstances due to impacts of COVID-19 and considering
the majority of Shaw Business revenue comes from the small
to medium sized business sector. These increases were fully
offset by the Consumer division as revenues decreased
$18 million, or 0.5%, compared to fiscal 2020 as the
incremental $20 million in revenue related to the third
quarter release of a provision following the CRTC decision on
the final aggregated TPIA rates that date back to August
2019 and growth in Internet revenue were fully offset by
declines in Video, Satellite, and Phone subscribers and
revenue.
Adjusted EBITDA of $2,500 million for the twelve-month
period improved 4.6% compared to $2,391 million for fiscal
2020. The improvement was primarily due to the Wireless
division contributing $393 million over the twelve-month
period as compared to $337 million in fiscal 2020 while the
Wireline division contributed $2,107 million over the twelve-
month period as compared to $2,054 million in fiscal 2020.
The Wireless increase of $56 million, or 16.6%, over the
comparable period primarily reflects an increase in service
revenues, improved equipment margins, and a $15 million
decrease in bad debt expense, partially offset by additional
costs in connection with the expansion of the Shaw retail
footprint in the current year. Wireline adjusted EBITDA of
$2,107 million for fiscal 2021 increased 2.6%, resulting in
a Wireline operating margin of 49.6%, an improvement of
130-basis points over fiscal 2020. The increase primarily
reflects the impact of decreased operating costs, including a
$13 million decrease in bad debt expense, partially offset by
a decrease in Consumer revenue and an increase in equity-
based compensation costs as noted above.
Restructuring costs
Restructuring costs generally include severance, employee
related costs and other costs directly associated with a
restructuring program. During the first, second and third
quarters of fiscal 2021, the Company made a number of
changes to its organizational structure in an effort to
streamline the business, consolidate certain functions, and
reduce redundancies between the Wireless and Wireline
segments. In connection with the restructuring, the
Company recorded costs of $12 million in the first quarter of
fiscal 2021, $1 million in the second quarter, and
$1 million in the third quarter of fiscal 2021 primarily
related to severance and employee related costs.
Amortization
(millions of Canadian dollars)
2021
2020
Change
%
Amortization revenue
(expense)
Deferred equipment revenue
11
16
(31.3)
Deferred equipment costs
(47)
(65)
(27.7)
Property, plant and
equipment, intangibles
and other
(1,183) (1,168)
1.3
Amortization of deferred equipment revenue and deferred
equipment costs decreased 31.3% and 27.7% respectively
for the year ended August 31, 2021 as a result of declining
satellite equipment purchases and installations during the
year compared with prior years. Amortization of property,
plant and equipment, intangibles and other increased 1.3%
for the year ended August 31, 2021 and reflects the
amortization of new expenditures exceeding the amortization
of assets that became fully amortized during the period.
Amortization of financing costs and Interest
expense
(millions of Canadian dollars)
2021
2020
Change
%
Amortization of financing costs –
long-term debt
2
3
(33.3)
Interest expense
231
274
(15.7)
Interest expense for the year ended August 31, 2021
decreased over the comparable periods and primarily reflects
the impact of a $35 million reduction of tax related interest
expense resulting from a revision of liabilities for uncertain
tax positions that became statute barred in the year as well
as lower average outstanding debt balances in the period
and the decrease in the weighted average interest rate.
62
Shaw Communications Inc. 2021 Annual Report

Other income and expenses
(millions of Canadian dollars)
2021
2020
Increase /
(decrease)
Gain on disposal of fixed assets
and intangibles
3
(3)
6
Costs associated with Rogers
Transaction
(23)
–
(23)
Debt Redemption Penalty
–
(17)
17
Gain on fair value adjustment of
private investment
27
–
27
Other
(9)
4
(13)
(2)
(16)
14
Other generally includes realized and unrealized foreign
exchange gains and losses on US dollar denominated current
assets and liabilities as well as the Company’s share of the
operations of Burrard Landing Lot 2 Holdings Partnership. In
the second quarter of fiscal 2021, the Company recorded a
$27 million fair value gain on private investments while in
the third and fourth quarters of fiscal 2021, the Company
recorded $18 million and $5 million, respectively, in
Transaction-related advisory, legal, financial, and other
professional costs.
Income taxes
(millions of Canadian dollars)
2021
2020
Increase /
(decrease)
Current income tax expense
30
120
(90)
Deferred income tax expense
16
59
(43)
46
179
(133)
Income taxes are lower in fiscal 2021 compared to fiscal 2020
mainly due to a $125 million revision to liabilities for
uncertain tax positions that became statute barred in 2021 as
well as the recognition of a $78 million tax benefit associated
with previously unrecognized tax losses in the fourth quarter of
2021 driven by management’s expectations that sufficient
future taxable profit will be available to fully utilize such
losses, offset by the effect of higher pre-tax income.
Earnings per share
(millions of Canadian dollars except
per share amounts)
2021
2020
Change
%
Net income
986
688
43.3
Weighted average number of
participating shares outstanding
during period (millions)
504
515
Earnings per share
Basic and diluted
1.94
1.32
Net income
Net income was $986 million in 2021 compared to
$688 million in 2020. The year-over-year changes are
summarized in the table below.
(millions of Canadian dollars)
Increased adjusted EBITDA (1)
109
Increased amortization
(1)
Decreased interest expense
43
Change in other net costs and revenue (2)
14
Decreased income taxes
133
298
(1) See “Key Performance Drivers” for more information
about this non-GAAP financial measure.
(2) Net other costs and revenue include gains and losses on
disposals of fixed assets and intangibles, accretion of
long-term liabilities and provisions, debt retirement costs,
transaction related costs, gains and losses on private
investments, realized and unrealized foreign exchange
differences and other losses as detailed in the
Consolidated Statements of Income.
Net other costs and revenues had a $14 million favourable
impact on net income primarily due to the impact of a
$27 million fair value gain on private investments recorded
in the current year and a $17 million debt redemption
penalty in fiscal 2020, partially offset by $23 million in
Transaction-related advisory, legal, financial, and other
professional costs and higher foreign exchange losses in
fiscal 2021.
Management’s Discussion & Analysis Shaw Communications Inc.
63

SEGMENTED OPERATIONS REVIEW
WIRELINE
(millions of Canadian dollars)
2021
2020
Change
%
Consumer
3,665
3,683
(0.5)
Business
584
567
3.0
Wireline revenue
4,249
4,250
—
Adjusted EBITDA(1)
2,107
2,054
2.6
Adjusted EBITDA margin(1)
49.6%
48.3%
2.7
(1) See “Key Performance Drivers” for more information
about this non-GAAP financial measure and non-GAAP
ratio.
Wireline RGUs decreased by 248,785 in the current fiscal
year, compared to net losses of 234,492 RGUs in fiscal
2020. Total Business RGU gains of 10,151 were more than
fully offset by total Consumer RGU losses of 258,936 in the
year which included net losses in cable Video of 107,641,
Phone of 77,030, satellite Video of 60,149, and Internet of
14,116.
Wireline division revenues of $4,249 million in fiscal 2021
were essentially flat compared to $4,250 million in the prior
year. Business division revenues increased $17 million, or
3.0%, mainly due to Internet revenue growth and continued
demand for the Smart suite of products, despite the
challenging circumstances due to impacts of COVID-19 and
considering the majority of Shaw Business revenue comes
from the small to medium sized business sector. These
increases were fully offset by the Consumer division as
revenues decreased $18 million, or 0.5%, compared to
fiscal 2020 as the incremental $20 million in revenue
related to the third quarter release of a provision following
the CRTC decision on the final aggregated TPIA rates that
date back to August 2019 and growth in Internet revenue
were fully offset by declines in Video, Satellite, and Phone
subscribers and revenue.
Adjusted EBITDA of $2,107 million increased 2.6% over the
comparable period mainly due to decreased operating costs,
partially offset by a decrease in Consumer revenue and
higher equity-based compensation costs of approximately
$24 million due to the significant increase in Shaw’s share
price in the year in connection with the Transaction
announcement on March 15, 2021. The decrease in
operating costs includes a $13 million decrease in bad debt
expense as COVID-19 did not have a significant impact on
our customers’ ability to pay their bills as expected,
combined with an increased focus on collecting aged
receivables.
WIRELESS
(millions of Canadian dollars)
2021
2020
Change
%
Service
891
815
9.3
Equipment and other
381
351
8.5
Wireless revenue
1,272
1,166
9.1
Adjusted EBITDA(1)
393
337
16.6
Adjusted EBITDA margin(1)
30.9%
28.9%
6.9
(1) See “Key Performance Drivers” for more information
about this non-GAAP financial measure and non-GAAP
ratio.
In Wireless, the Company gained 294,857 net subscribers in
the year, consisting of 257,114 postpaid and 37,743
prepaid additions, bringing its total customer base to over
2.1 million.
Wireless revenue for the year of $1,272 million increased
$106 million, or 9.1%, over the prior year. The increase in
revenue reflects higher service revenues of $76 million due
to an increased subscriber base, including significant Shaw
Mobile additions, along with an increase in equipment
revenues of $30 million. The increase in service revenue was
driven by RGU growth of 17.3%, while ARPU of $37.35 in
fiscal 2021 decreased from $38.95 in the prior year,
reflecting Shaw Mobile customer growth.
Adjusted EBITDA for the year of $393 million increased
$56 million, or 16.6%, over the prior year primarily due to
an increase in service revenues, improved equipment
margins, and a $15 million decrease in bad debt expense as
COVID-19 did not have a significant impact on our
customers’ ability to pay their bills as expected, combined
with an increased focus on collecting aged receivables. This
is partially offset by additional costs in connection with the
expansion of the Shaw Mobile retail footprint in the current
year.
64
Shaw Communications Inc. 2021 Annual Report

Capital Expenditures and Equipment Costs
Year ended August 31,
(millions of Canadian dollars)
2021
2020
Change
%
Wireline
New housing development
109
120
(9.2)
Success based
170
243
(30.0)
Upgrades and enhancements
351
331
6.0
Replacement
34
26
30.8
Buildings and other
59
95
(37.9)
Total as per Note 26 to the
audited annual consolidated
financial statements
723
815
(11.3)
Wireless
Total as per Note 26 to the
audited annual consolidated
financial statements
280
296
(5.4)
Consolidated total as per Note 26
to the audited annual
consolidated financial
statements
1,003 1,111
(9.7)
Capital investment was $1,003 million in fiscal 2021
compared to $1,111 million in fiscal 2020. The decrease
was driven primarily by a decrease in the Wireline division
mainly due to lower success-based costs while the Wireless
division decreased as a result of lower planned capital
expenditures in the year.
Wireline
Success-based capital for fiscal 2021 of $170 million was
$73 million lower than fiscal 2020. The current year
decrease in success-based capital was due primarily to lower
equipment purchases in the year.
Capital spend on the combined upgrades and enhancement,
and replacement categories was $385 million for the year, a
$28 million increase over fiscal 2020 driven primarily by
higher planned Wireline spend on network infrastructure.
Capital spend on new housing development of $109 million
in the year was $11 million lower than the prior fiscal year,
driven by a decrease in residential and commercial customer
network growth and acquisition.
Investment in buildings and other of $59 million in fiscal
2021 decreased $36 million over fiscal 2020 primarily
related to higher corporate related costs in the comparable
period as well as the impact of proceeds received from the
disposal of corporate assets in the current period.
Wireless
Capital investment of $280 million in fiscal 2021 decreased
$16 million compared to fiscal 2020, primarily due to lower
network and IT related investment partially offset by
increased spending related to retail and office space in the
current year. In fiscal 2021, the Company continued to
focus on investment in the wireless network and
infrastructure, specifically the continued deployment of 700
MHz spectrum, 600 MHz spectrum, LTE and small cells as
well as enhancements to the back-office systems, retail
locations and other corporate initiatives.
Management’s Discussion & Analysis Shaw Communications Inc.
65

FINANCIAL POSITION
Total assets were $15.8 billion at August 31, 2021,
compared to $16.2 billion at August 31, 2020. The
following is a discussion of significant changes in the
Consolidated Statements of Financial Position since
August 31, 2020.
Current assets decreased $266 million primarily due to a
decrease in cash of $408 million and a decrease in the
current portion of contract assets of $35 million, partially
offset by increased accounts receivable of $33 million,
inventories of $3 million, other current assets of
$54 million, and income taxes recoverable of $87 million.
Cash decreased primarily due to the payment of
$605 million in dividends, $300 million for preferred share
redemptions, $336 million for share repurchases, as
described below, and cash outlays for investing activities,
partially offset by funds flow from operations. Refer to
“Liquidity and Capital Resources” for more information.
Accounts receivable increased $33 million mainly due to
timing, as the Company continues to migrate customers from
two-month advance billing to one-month advance billing.
The current portion of contract assets decreased $35 million
over the period due to a $19 million decrease in deferred
Wireline costs as a result of lower onboarding promotional
activity for new subscribers over the past year and a
$16 million decrease due to a decrease in Wireless
subscribers participating in the Company’s discretionary
wireless handset discount program over the past year. Under
IFRS 15, up-front promotional offers, such as onboarding or
switch credits, offered to new two-year value-plan customers
are recorded as a contract asset and amortized over the life
of the contract against future service revenues while the
portion of the Wireless discount relating to the handset is
applied against equipment revenue at the point in time that
the handset is transferred to the customer while the portion
relating to service revenue is recorded as a contract asset
and amortized over the life of the contract against future
service revenues.
Property, plant and equipment decreased $123 million as
the amortization of capital and right-of-use assets exceeded
the capital investments and additions to right-of-use assets
in the year.
Current liabilities decreased $128 million during the period
primarily due to an $11 million decrease in accounts
payable, a decrease in income taxes payable of $57 million,
and a decrease of $55 million in current provisions.
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities decreased due to
the timing of payments and fluctuations in various payables
including capital expenditures and tax remittances. The
decrease in current provisions was mainly due to a
$35 million reduction to the interest expense provision, a
$20 million provision release related to the CRTC decision
on final aggregated TPIA rates and the payment of
outstanding restructuring costs in the period.
Lease liabilities decreased $25 million mainly due to
principal repayments of $110 million, partially offset by
$85 million in net new lease liabilities in the period.
Shareholders’ equity decreased $190 million mainly due to
the $300 million redemption of the Preferred Shares on
June 30, 2021. Retained earnings increased as the current
period income of $986 million was greater than the
dividends of $599 million and the impact of shares
repurchased under the NCIB program of $207 million. Share
capital decreased $403 million due to the impact of
14,783,974 Class B Shares repurchased under the terms of
the Company’s NCIB program and the redemption of the
preferred shares as noted above, which were partially offset
by the issuance of 688,403 Class B Shares under the
Company’s stock option and RSU plans. Accumulated other
comprehensive loss decreased $40 million due to the
remeasurements recorded on employee benefit plans in the
period.
As at October 15, 2021, share capital is as reported at
August 31, 2021 with the exception of the issuance of a
total 52,393 Class B Shares upon exercise of options under
the Company’s stock option plan.
66
Shaw Communications Inc. 2021 Annual Report

CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW ANALYSIS
Operating activities
(millions of Canadian dollars)
2021
2020
Change
%
Funds flow from operations
2,249 1,989
13.1
Net change in non-cash working
capital balances related to
operations
(326)
(69) >100.0
1,923 1,920
0.2
Funds flow from operations in fiscal 2021 decreased over
the comparable period primarily due to a large decrease in
the net change in non-cash balances related to operations
partially offset by an increase in the funds flow from
operations. The net change in non-cash balances related to
operations fluctuated over the comparative period due to
changes in accounts receivable, inventory and other current
asset balances, and the timing of payments of current
income taxes payable and accounts payable and accrued
liabilities.
Investing activities
(millions of Canadian dollars)
2021
2020
Decrease
Cash flow used in investing
activities
(997) (1,154)
157
In fiscal 2021, cash used in investing activities decreased
over the comparable period primarily due to a decrease in
additions to property, plant and equipment of $112 million,
a decrease in additional to intangibles of $12 million and a
decrease to additions to investment and other assets of
$4 million, partially offset by an increase in proceeds on
disposal of property, plant and equipment of $19 million
received in the current period.
Financing activities
The changes in financing activities during 2021 and 2020
were as follows:
(millions of Canadian dollars)
2021
2020
Increase in short-term borrowings
–
160
Issuance of long-term debt
–
1,300
Repayment of long-term debt
(1) (2,068)
Debt arrangement costs
–
(14)
Payment of lease liabilities
(110)
(112)
Issuance of Class B Shares
18
9
Purchase of Class B Shares
(336)
(140)
Dividends paid on Class A Shares and
Class B Shares
(597)
(573)
Dividends paid on Preferred Shares
(8)
(9)
Payment of distributions to
non-controlling interests
–
(2)
Redemption of Preferred Shares
(300)
–
(1,334) (1,449)
Management’s Discussion & Analysis Shaw Communications Inc.
67

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
In fiscal 2021, the Company generated $961 million of free
cash flow. Shaw used its free cash flow along with cash of
$408 million and proceeds from the issuance of Class B
Shares of $18 million to pay common share dividends of
$597 million, repurchase $336 million in Class B Shares
under the Company’s NCIB program, redeem $300 million
in preferred shares, pay $25 million in restructuring costs
and $23 million in Transaction related costs, and fund the
net working capital change.
Debt structure and financial policy
Shaw structures its borrowings generally on an unsecured
and standalone basis. While certain non-wholly owned
subsidiaries are subject to contractual restrictions which
may prevent the transfer of funds to Shaw, there are no
similar restrictions with respect to wholly-owned subsidiaries
of the Company.
The Company has an accounts receivable securitization
program with a Canadian financial institution which allows it
to sell certain trade receivables into the program. As at
August 31, 2021, the proceeds of the sales were committed
up to a maximum of $200 million (with $200 million drawn
under the program as at August 31, 2021). The Company
continues to service and retain substantially all of the risks
and rewards relating to the trade receivables sold, and
therefore, the trade receivables remain recognized on the
Company’s Consolidated Statements of Financial Position
and the funding received is recorded as a current liability
(revolving floating rate loans) secured by the trade
receivables. The buyer’s interest in the accounts receivable
ranks ahead of the Company’s interest and the program
restricts it from using the trade receivables as collateral for
any other purpose. The buyer of the trade receivables has no
claim on any of our other assets.
As at August 31, 2021, the net debt leverage ratio for the
Company was 2.3x. The terms of the Arrangement
Agreement require Shaw to obtain Rogers’ consent prior to
incurring certain types of indebtedness.
The Company calculates net debt leverage ratio as follows(1):
(millions of Canadian dollars)
2021
2020
Short-term borrowings
200
200
Current portion of long-term debt
1
1
Current Portion of Lease Liabilities
110
113
Long-term debt
4,549
4,547
Lease Liabilities
1,135
1,157
50% of outstanding preferred shares
–
147
Cash
(355)
(763)
(A) Net debt (2)
5,640
5,402
(B) Adjusted EBITDA (2)
2,500
2,391
(A/B) Net debt leverage ratio (3)
2.3x
2.3x
(1) The following contains a breakdown of the components in
the calculation of net debt leverage ratio, which is a
non-GAAP ratio.
(2) See “Key Performance Drivers” for more information
about these non-GAAP financial measures.
(3) Net debt leverage ratio is a non-GAAP ratio and should
not be considered as a substitute or alternative for a
GAAP measure and may not be a reliable way to compare
us to other companies. See “Key Performance Drivers”
for further information about this ratio.
On November 2, 2020, the Company announced that it had
received approval from the TSX to establish an NCIB
program. The program commenced on November 5, 2020
and will remain in effect until November 4, 2021. As
approved by the TSX, the Company has the ability to
purchase for cancellation up to 24,532,404 Class B Shares
representing approximately 5% of all of the issued and
outstanding Class B Shares as at October 22, 2020.
During the year ended August 31, 2021, the Company
purchased 14,783,974 Class B Shares for cancellation for a
total cost of approximately $336 million under the NCIB
program. In connection with the announcement of the
Transaction on March 15, 2021, the Company suspended
share buybacks under its NCIB program.
Shaw’s credit facilities are subject to customary covenants
which include maintaining minimum or maximum financial
ratios.
68
Shaw Communications Inc. 2021 Annual Report

Covenant as at
August 31, 2021
Covenant
Limit
Shaw Credit Facilities
Total Debt to Operating
Cash Flow(1) Ratio
1.92:1
< 5.00:1
Operating Cash Flow(1) to
Fixed Charges(2) Ratio
10.23:1
> 2.00:1
(1) Operating Cash Flow, for the purposes of the covenants,
is calculated as net earnings before interest expense,
depreciation, amortization, restructuring, and current and
deferred income taxes, excluding profit or loss from
investments accounted for on an equity basis, less
payments made with regards to lease liabilities for the
most recently completed fiscal quarter multiplied by four,
plus cash dividends and other cash distributions received
in the most recently completed four fiscal quarters from
investments accounted for on an equity basis.
(2) Fixed Charges are defined as the aggregate interest
expense, excluding the interest related to lease liabilities,
for the most recently completed fiscal quarter multiplied
by four.
As at August 31, 2021, Shaw is in compliance with these
covenants and based on current business plans, the
Company is not aware of any condition or event that would
give rise to non-compliance with the covenants over the life
of the borrowings which currently mature in December of
2024.
On June 30, 2021, the Company redeemed all of its issued
and outstanding Preferred Shares in accordance with their
terms (as set out in the Company’s articles) at a price equal
to $25.00 per Preferred Share, less any tax required to be
deducted or withheld.
On the Redemption Date, there were 10,012,393 Series A
Shares and 1,987,607 Series B Shares issued and
outstanding. Accordingly, the aggregate Redemption Price
paid by Shaw on the Redemption Date to redeem the
Preferred Shares was $300 million.
As at August 31, 2021, the Company had $355 million of
cash on hand and its $1.5 billion bank credit facility was
fully undrawn.
Preferred Share Dividends
On June 30, 2016, 1,987,607 of the Company’s Series A
Shares were converted into an equal number of Series B
Shares in accordance with the notice of conversion right
issued on May 31, 2016. As a result of the conversion, the
Company had 10,012,393 Series A Shares and 1,987,607
Series B Shares issued and outstanding on June 30, 2016.
The Company redeemed all of its issued and outstanding
Series A Shares and Series B Shares on June 30, 2021.
Prior to the redemption of the Preferred Shares, the annual
fixed dividend rate for the Series A Shares, payable
quarterly, was reset to 2.791% for the five-year period from
and including June 30, 2016 to but excluding June 30,
2021. The floating quarterly dividend rates for the Series B
Shares were set as follows:
Period
Annual
Dividend
Rate
June 30, 2016 to September 29, 2016
2.539%
September 30, 2016 to December 30, 2016
2.512%
December 31, 2016 to March 30, 2017
2.509%
March 31, 2017 to June 29, 2017
2.480%
June 30, 2017 to September 29, 2017
2.529%
September 30, 2017 to December 30, 2017
2.742%
December 31, 2017 to March 30, 2018
2.872%
March 31, 2018 to June 29, 2018
3.171%
June 30, 2018 to September 29, 2018
3.300%
September 30, 2018 to December 30, 2018
3.509%
December 31, 2018 to March 30, 2019
3.713%
March 31, 2019 to June 29, 2019
3.682%
June 30, 2019 to September 29, 2019
3.687%
September 30, 2019 to December 30, 2019
3.638%
December 31, 2019 to March 30, 2020
3.652%
March 31, 2020 to June 29, 2020
3.638%
June 30, 2020 to September 29, 2020
2.255%
September 30, 2020 to December 30, 2020
2.149%
December 31, 2020 to March 30, 2021
2.109%
March 31, 2021 to June 29, 2021
2.073%
On April 14, 2021, the Company’s Board of Directors
declared a dividend of $0.17444 per Series A Share and
$0.12956 per Series B Share, each payable on June 30,
2021 to holders of record on June 15, 2021. These were
the final dividends on the Preferred Shares, which were paid
separately from the aggregate Redemption Price and in the
usual manner. Following payment of the June 30, 2021
dividends, there were no accrued and unpaid dividends on
the Preferred Shares.
Based on the aforementioned financing activities, available
credit facilities and forecasted free cash flow, the Company
expects to have sufficient liquidity to fund operations,
obligations and working capital requirements, including
maturing debt, during the upcoming year. The terms of the
Arrangement Agreement require that the Company maintain
sufficient liquidity to pay an $800 million termination fee
payable by Shaw in certain circumstances.
Management’s Discussion & Analysis Shaw Communications Inc.
69

Off-balance sheet arrangement and guarantees
Guarantees
Generally, it is not the Company’s policy to issue guarantees to non-controlled affiliates or third parties; however, it has entered
into certain agreements as more fully described in Note 27 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. As disclosed therein,
Shaw believes it is remote that these agreements would require any cash payment.
Contractual obligations
The amounts of estimated future payments under the Company’s contractual obligations at August 31, 2021 are detailed in the
following table.
Payments due by period
(millions of Canadian dollars)
Total
Within
1 year
2 – 3
years
4 – 5
years
More than
5 years
Short-term borrowings
200
200
—
—
—
Long-term debt(1)
7,330
219
1,409
395
5,307
Lease liabilities
1,596
151
291
260
894
Purchase obligations(2)
1,002
420
297
174
111
Property, plant and equipment
166
157
9
—
—
10,294
1,147
2,006
829
6,312
(1) Includes principal repayments and interest payments.
(2) Includes contractual obligations under service, product, and wireless device contracts, program related agreements and
exclusive rights to use intellectual property in Canada.
70
Shaw Communications Inc. 2021 Annual Report

Share Capital and Listings
The Company is authorized to issue a limited number of
Class A Shares; an unlimited number of Class B Shares; an
unlimited number of Class 1 Preferred Shares issuable in
series and an unlimited number of Class 2 Preferred Shares
issuable in series, of which 12,000,000 were designated the
Series A Shares and 12,000,000 were designated the Series
B Shares. The authorized number of Class A Shares is
limited, subject to certain exceptions, to the lesser of that
number of such shares (i) currently issued and outstanding;
and (ii) that may be outstanding after any conversion of
Class A Shares into Class B Shares.
As at October 15, 2021, there are 22,372,064 Class A
Shares and 476,589,655 Class B Shares issued and
outstanding. There were also 7,440,247 options to purchase
Class B Shares and 36,428 RSUs that will settle in Class B
Shares issued from treasury outstanding. Shaw is traded on
the Toronto and New York stock exchanges and is included
in the S&P/TSX 60 Index (Symbol: TSX – SJR.B, NYSE –
SJR and TSXV – SJR.A). For more information, please visit
www.shaw.ca.
The following table sets forth, for each month during the fiscal year ending August 31, 2021, the monthly price range and
volume traded for the Class A Shares on the TSX Venture Exchange (TSXV) and for the Class B Shares, Series A Shares and
Series B Shares on the TSX.
Class A Shares(1)
TSX Venture-SJR.A
Class B Shares(1)
TSX-SJR.B
Series A Shares(1)(2)
TSX-SJR.PR.A
Series B Shares(1)(2)
TSX-SJR.PR.B
High
Low
Volume
High
Low
Volume
High
Low
Volume
High
Low
Volume
Sep 2020
26.00 24.12
4,236
25.30 23.70 23,453,289
12.59 12.03
58,939
12.00 11.49
18,700
Oct 2020
25.29 22.10
8,713
24.68 21.50 19,991,352
12.95 11.99
69,982
12.79 11.55
20,634
Nov 2020
25.95 23.50
17,139
23.63 21.71 33,008,086
12.95 12.17
58,521
12.71 11.23
27,922
Dec 2020
27.00 24.00
31,424
23.73 22.10 37,123,865
13.75 12.87
187,979
13.73 12.57
52,778
Jan 2021
29.94 25.50
26,595
23.12 21.85 33,071,629
13.95 13.08
83,996
13.65 13.00
28,692
Feb 2021
30.50 27.13
23,292
22.79 21.93 31,050,402
15.31 13.74
187,719
14.96 13.80
21,621
Mar 2021
42.75 27.88 104,163
35.08 22.18 89,485,061
21.51 14.71 3,067,018
21.30 14.47 806,598
Apr 2021
38.24 34.04
35,868
35.82 32.68 38,526,245
23.50 20.62 2,306,734
23.40 20.45 274,368
May 2021
37.20 35.60
7,110
36.78 35.27 27,999,499
25.18 23.27 2,223,082
25.13 23.13 727,662
Jun 2021
37.67 35.65
12,807
36.50 35.34 26,134,482
25.18 24.97
507,504
25.15 24.97 279,105
Jul 2021
37.25 36.00
4,783
36.71 35.44 18,793,416
–
–
–
–
–
–
Aug 2021
38.19 36.30
5,017
37.17 35.80 17,559,165
–
–
–
–
–
–
(1)
Trading price and volume data is obtained from the TMX group.
(2)
All issued and outstanding Series A Shares and Series B Shares were redeemed on June 30, 2021.
Management’s Discussion & Analysis Shaw Communications Inc.
71

Share Splits
There have been four splits of the Company’s Class A and
Class B Shares: July 30, 2007 (2 for 1); February 7, 2000
(2 for 1); May 18, 1994 (2 for 1); and September 23, 1987
(3 for 1). In addition, as a result of the Arrangement referred
to in the Management Information Circular dated July 22,
1999, a Shareholder’s Adjusted Cost Base was reduced for
tax purposes.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Additional information relating to Shaw, including the
Company’s 2021 Annual Information Form, can be found on
SEDAR at www.sedar.com.
COMPLIANCE WITH NYSE CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE LISTING STANDARDS
Disclosure of the Company’s corporate governance practices
which differ from the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE)
corporate governance listing standards are posted on Shaw’s
website, www.shaw.ca (under Investor Relations, Corporate
Governance, Compliance with NYSE Corporate Governance
Listing Standards).
CERTIFICATION
The Company’s Executive Chair & Chief Executive Officer
and Executive Vice President, Chief Financial & Corporate
Development Officer have filed certifications regarding
Shaw’s disclosure controls and procedures and internal
control over financial reporting (ICFR).
As at August 31, 2021, the Company’s management,
together with its Executive Chair & Chief Executive Officer
and Executive Vice President, Chief Financial & Corporate
Development Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of the
design and operation of each of the Company’s disclosure
controls and procedures and ICFR. Based on these
evaluations, the Chief Executive Officer and Executive Vice
President, Chief Financial & Corporate Development Officer
have concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and
procedures and the Company’s ICFR are effective.
Other than the items described below, there have been no
changes in the Company’s ICFR during the fiscal year that
have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to
materially affect, Shaw’s ICFR.
72
Shaw Communications Inc. 2021 Annual Report

Contents
Reports
Management’s Responsibility for Financial Statements
and Report on Internal Control Over Financial
Reporting
74
Consolidated Statements of
Financial Position
78
Income
79
Comprehensive Income
80
Changes in Shareholders’ Equity
81
Cash Flows
82
Notes to the Consolidated Financial
Statements
1. Corporate Information
83
2. Basis of Presentation and Accounting Policies
83
3. Accounts Receivable
94
4. Inventories
94
5. Other Current Assets
94
6. Investments and Other Assets
94
7. Property, Plant and Equipment
95
8. Other Long-Term Assets
96
9. Intangibles and Goodwill
96
10. Short-Term Borrowings
98
11. Accounts Payable and Accrued Liabilities
98
12. Provisions
99
13. Long-Term Debt
100
14. Leases
101
15. Other Long-Term Liabilities
102
16. Deferred Credits
103
17. Share Capital
103
18. Share-Based Compensation and Awards
104
19. Earnings per Share
106
20. Dividends
106
21. Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) and
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss
108
22. Revenue
109
23. Operating, General and Administrative Expenses
and Restructuring Costs
111
24. Other Gains (Losses)
111
25. Income Taxes
111
26. Business Segment Information
113
27. Commitments and Contingencies
114
28. Employee Benefit Plans
115
29. Related Party Transactions
118
30. Financial Instruments
120
31. Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
122
32. Capital Structure Management
123
Consolidated Financial Statements Shaw Communications Inc
73

MANAGEMENT’S RESPONSIBILITY FOR FINANCIAL REPORTING
AND REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
October 29, 2021
Management’s Responsibility for Financial Reporting
The accompanying consolidated financial statements of Shaw Communications Inc. (the “Company”) and all the information in
this annual report are the responsibility of management and have been approved by the Board of Directors.
The financial statements have been prepared by management in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards
(IFRS). When alternative accounting methods exist, management has chosen those it deems most appropriate in the
circumstances. Financial statements are not precise since they include certain amounts based on estimates and judgments.
Management has determined such amounts on a reasonable basis in order to ensure that the financial statements are presented
fairly, in all material respects. Management has prepared the financial information presented elsewhere in the annual report
and has ensured that it is consistent with the financial statements.
Management has a system of internal controls designed to provide reasonable assurance that the financial statements are
accurate and complete in all material respects. The internal control system includes an internal audit function and an
established business conduct policy that applies to all employees. Management believes that the systems provide reasonable
assurance that transactions are properly authorized and recorded, financial information is relevant, reliable and accurate and
that the Company’s assets are appropriately accounted for and adequately safeguarded.
The Board of Directors is responsible for ensuring management fulfils its responsibilities for financial reporting and is ultimately
responsible for reviewing and approving the financial statements. The Board carries out this responsibility through its Audit
Committee.
The Audit Committee is appointed by the Board and its directors are unrelated and independent. The Committee meets
periodically with management, as well as the external auditors, to discuss internal controls over the financial reporting process,
auditing matters and financial reporting issues; to satisfy itself that each party is properly discharging its responsibilities; and,
to review the annual report, the financial statements and the external auditors’ report. The Audit Committee reports its findings
to the Board for consideration when approving the financial statements for issuance to the shareholders. The Committee also
considers, for review by the Board and approval by the shareholders, the engagement or re-appointment of the external auditors.
The financial statements have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, the external auditors, in accordance with the standards of
the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”)” on behalf of the shareholders. Ernst & Young LLP
has full and free access to the Audit Committee.
Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining an adequate system of internal control over financial reporting.
Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of
financial reporting and the preparation of the financial statements for external purposes in accordance with International
Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).
Due to its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements on a timely
basis. Also, projections of any of the effectiveness of internal control are subject to the risk that the controls may become
inadequate because of changes in conditions or that the degree of compliance with the policies and procedures may deteriorate.
Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to the financial
statement preparation and presentation.
Management conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the system of internal control over financial reporting based on the
framework in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the
Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on this evaluation, management concluded that the Company’s system of internal control
over financial reporting was effective as at August 31, 2021.
[Signed]
[Signed]
Brad Shaw
Trevor English
Executive Chair & Chief Executive Officer
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial & Corporate
Development Officer
74
Shaw Communications Inc. 2021 Annual Report

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Shareholders and Board of Directors of Shaw Communications Inc.:
Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial position of Shaw Communications Inc. (the
“Company”) as of August 31, 2021 and 2020, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes
in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the
“consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material
respects, the financial position of the Company at August 31, 2021 and 2020, and its financial performance and its cash flows
for the years then ended, in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRSs”) as issued by the
International Accounting Standards Board.
Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States)
(“PCAOB”), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of August 31, 2021, based on criteria established in
Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission
framework (2013) and our report dated October 29, 2021 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on
the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are
required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable
rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the
audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to
error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial
statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included
examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also
included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the
overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Critical Audit Matters
The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that
was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that
are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The
communication of the critical audit matter does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken
as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit
matter or on the account or disclosure to which it relates.
Consolidated Financial Statements Shaw Communications Inc.
75

Key Audit Matter
Valuation of the Wireless cash generating unit’s indefinite-life intangibles
Description of the Matter
As more fully described in Note 9 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company
conducted its annual impairment test on goodwill and indefinite-life intangibles as at
February 1, 2021 and the recoverable amount of the cash generating units exceeds their
carrying value. Management performed an assessment of indicators of impairment as at
August 31, 2021.
Auditing management’s impairment test is complex and judgmental due to the estimation
required in determining the recoverable amount of the cash generating units. The recoverable
amount was estimated using a discounted cash flow and is sensitive to assumptions such as
revenue growth rate, earnings growth rate, earnings before interest, tax and amortization
margin, terminal operating discount rate, terminal growth rate and terminal operating income
before restructuring costs and amortization multiple.
How We Addressed the
Matter in Our Audit
We obtained an understanding of management’s process for performing their impairment
assessment. We evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of controls over
the Company’s processes to determine the recoverable amount. For example, we tested
controls over the Company’s strategic planning process as well as controls over the review of
the significant assumptions in estimating the recoverable amount of the cash generating units.
To test the estimated recoverable amount of the goodwill and indefinite-life intangible assets,
our audit procedures included, among others, assessing the methodology used and testing the
significant assumptions discussed above and the underlying data used by the Company in its
analysis. We also involved an EY valuation specialist to assist us. We compared the significant
assumptions used by management to historical and current trends. We audited the forecasted
revenue by evaluating future subscriber growth, expected customer churn, and average rate
per subscriber unit. We assessed the historical accuracy of management’s estimates and
performed sensitivity analyses on significant assumptions to evaluate changes in the
recoverable amount of the cash generating units that would result from changes in the
assumptions. We obtained management’s assessment of indicators of impairment as at
August 31, 2021 and evaluated management’s assessment through review of actual results
and the updated revenue forecast. We assessed the adequacy of the Company’s disclosure in
the consolidated financial statements.
Chartered Professional Accountants
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 1966.
Calgary, Canada
October 29, 2021
76
Shaw Communications Inc. 2021 Annual Report

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Shareholders and Board of Directors of Shaw Communications Inc.:
Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
We have audited Shaw Communications Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of August 31, 2021, based on criteria
established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the
Treadway Commission (the “COSO criteria”). In our opinion, Shaw Communications Inc. (the “Company”) maintained, in all
material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of August 31, 2021, based on the COSO criteria.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States)
(“PCAOB”), the consolidated statements of financial position as at August 31, 2021 and 2020, the related consolidated
statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for the years then ended, and the
related notes and our report dated October 29, 2021 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
Basis of Opinion
The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its
assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report
on Internal Controls over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over
financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be
independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the
audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all
material respects.
Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material
weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk,
and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a
reasonable basis for our opinion.
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures
that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and
dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to
permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and
expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the
company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or
disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also,
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Chartered Professional Accountants
Calgary, Canada
October 29, 2021
Consolidated Financial Statements Shaw Communications Inc.
77

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION
(millions of Canadian dollars)
August 31,
2021
August 31,
2020
ASSETS
Current
Cash
355
763
Accounts receivable (note 3)
301
268
Income taxes recoverable
87
–
Inventories (note 4)
63
60
Other current assets (note 5)
331
277
Current portion of contract assets (note 22)
97
132
1,234
1,500
Investments and other assets (notes 6 and 30)
70
42
Property, plant and equipment (note 7 and 14)
6,019
6,142
Other long-term assets (note 8)
163
163
Deferred income tax assets (note 25)
2
1
Intangibles (note 9)
7,996
7,997
Goodwill (note 9)
280
280
Contract assets (note 22)
28
40
15,792
16,165
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current
Short-term borrowings (note 10)
200
200
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities (note 11)
988
999
Provisions (note 12)
46
101
Income taxes payable
–
57
Current portion of contract liabilities (note 22)
213
211
Current portion of long-term debt (notes 13 and 30)
1
1
Current portion of lease liabilities (note 14)
110
113
Current portion of derivatives
2
6
1,560
1,688
Long-term debt (notes 13 and 30)
4,549
4,547
Lease liabilities (note 14)
1,135
1,157
Other long-term liabilities (notes 15 and 28)
26
72
Provisions (note 12)
77
80
Deferred credits (note 16)
389
406
Contract liabilities (note 22)
15
14
Deferred income tax liabilities (note 25)
1,998
1,968
9,749
9,932
Commitments and contingencies (notes 12, 27 and 28)
Shareholders’ equity
Common and preferred shareholders
6,043
6,233
15,792
16,165
See accompanying notes
On behalf of the Board:
[Signed]
[Signed]
Brad Shaw
Carl Vogel
Director
Director
78
Shaw Communications Inc. 2021 Annual Report

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
Years ended August 31,
(millions of Canadian dollars except per share amounts)
2021
$
2020
$
Revenue (notes 22 and 26)
5,509
5,407
Operating, general and administrative expenses (note 23)
(3,009) (3,016)
Restructuring costs (notes 12 and 23)
(14)
(14)
Amortization:
Deferred equipment revenue (note 16)
11
16
Deferred equipment costs (note 8)
(47)
(65)
Property, plant and equipment, intangibles and other (notes 7, 9, 14 and 16)
(1,183) (1,168)
Operating income
1,267
1,160
Amortization of financing costs – long-term debt (note 13)
(2)
(3)
Interest expense (notes 13, 14, and 26)
(231)
(274)
Other gains (losses) (note 24)
(2)
(16)
Income before income taxes
1,032
867
Current income tax expense (note 25)
30
120
Deferred income tax expense (note 25)
16
59
Net income
986
688
Net income attributable to:
Equity shareholders
986
688
Earnings per share (note 19)
Basic and diluted
1.94
1.32
See accompanying notes
Consolidated Financial Statements Shaw Communications Inc.
79

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
Years ended August 31,
(millions of Canadian dollars)
2021
$
2020
$
Net income
986
688
Other comprehensive income (loss) (note 21)
Items that may subsequently be reclassified to income:
Change in unrealized fair value of derivatives designated as cash flow hedges
(1)
(4)
Adjustment for hedged items recognized in the period
5
(2)
4
(6)
Items that will not be subsequently reclassified to income:
Remeasurements on employee benefit plans
36
1
40
(5)
Comprehensive income
1,026
683
Comprehensive income attributable to:
Equity shareholders
1,026
683
See accompanying notes
80
Shaw Communications Inc. 2021 Annual Report

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Year ended August 31, 2021
Attributable to equity shareholders
(millions of Canadian dollars)
Share
capital
Contributed
surplus
Retained
earnings
Accumulated
other
comprehensive
loss
Total
Equity
attributable
to non-
controlling
interests
Total
equity
Balance at September 1, 2020
4,602
27
1,703
(99)
6,233
–
6,233
Net income
–
–
986
–
986
–
986
Other comprehensive income
–
–
–
40
40
–
40
Comprehensive income
–
–
986
40
1,026
–
1,026
Dividends
–
–
(599)
–
(599)
–
(599)
Shares issued under stock option plan
19
(1)
–
–
18
–
18
Shares repurchased (note 17)
(129)
–
(207)
–
(336)
–
(336)
Redemption of preferred shares (note 17)
(293)
–
(7)
–
(300)
–
(300)
Share-based compensation
–
1
–
–
1
–
1
Balance as at August 31, 2021
4,199
27
1,876
(59)
6,043
–
6,043
Year ended August 31, 2020
Attributable to equity shareholders
(millions of Canadian dollars)
Share
capital
Contributed
surplus
Retained
earnings
Accumulated
other
comprehensive
loss
Total
Equity
attributable
to non-
controlling
interests
Total
equity
Balance at September 1, 2019
4,605
26
1,723
(94)
6,260
3
6,263
Net income
–
–
688
–
688
–
688
Other comprehensive loss
–
–
–
(5)
(5)
–
(5)
Comprehensive income (loss)
–
–
688
(5)
683
–
683
Dividends
–
–
(580)
–
(580)
–
(580)
Dividend reinvestment plan
37
–
(37)
–
–
–
–
Distributions declared to non-controlling
interest
–
–
–
–
–
(3)
(3)
Shares issued under stock option plan
9
(1)
–
–
8
–
8
Shares repurchased (note 17)
(49)
–
(91)
–
(140)
–
(140)
Share-based compensation
–
2
–
–
2
–
2
Balance as at August 31, 2020
4,602
27
1,703
(99)
6,233
–
6,233
See accompanying notes
Consolidated Financial Statements Shaw Communications Inc.
81

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
Years ended August 31,
(millions of Canadian dollars)
2021
$
2020
$
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Funds flow from operations (note 31)
2,249
1,989
Net change in non-cash balances
(326)
(69)
1,923
1,920
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Additions to property, plant and equipment (note 26)
(858)
(970)
Additions to equipment costs (net) (note 26)
(21)
(31)
Additions to other intangibles (note 26)
(138)
(150)
Net additions to investments and other assets
(1)
(5)
Proceeds on disposal of property, plant and equipment (notes 26 and 31)
21
2
(997) (1,154)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Increase in short-term borrowings (note 10)
–
160
Issuance of long-term debt
–
1,300
Repayment of long-term debt
(1) (2,068)
Debt arrangement costs
–
(14)
Payment of lease liabilities
(110)
(112)
Issue of Class B Shares
18
9
Purchase of Class B Shares (note 17)
(336)
(140)
Redemption of preferred shares (note 17)
(300)
–
Dividends paid on Class A Shares and Class B Shares
(597)
(573)
Dividends paid on Series A Preferred Shares
(8)
(9)
Payment of distributions to non-controlling interests
–
(2)
(1,334) (1,449)
(Decrease) increase in cash
(408)
(683)
Cash, beginning of year
763
1,446
Cash, end of year
355
763
See accompanying notes
82
Shaw Communications Inc. 2021 Annual Report

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(all amounts in millions of Canadian dollars except share and per share amounts)
1.
CORPORATE INFORMATION
Shaw Communications Inc. (the “Company”) is a diversified Canadian connectivity company whose core operating business is
providing: Cable telecommunications, Satellite video services and data networking to residential customers, businesses and
public-sector entities (“Wireline”); and wireless services for voice and data communications (“Wireless”).
The Company was incorporated under the laws of the Province of Alberta on December 9, 1966 under the name Capital Cable
Television Co. Ltd. and was subsequently continued under the Business Corporations Act (Alberta) on March 1, 1984 under the
name Shaw Cablesystems Ltd. Its name was changed to Shaw Communications Inc. on May 12, 1993. The Company’s shares
are listed on the Toronto Stock Exchange (TSX), TSX Venture Exchange (TSXV) and New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) (Symbol:
TSX – SJR.B, NYSE – SJR, and TSXV – SJR.A). The registered office of the Company is located at Suite 900, 630 – 3rd Avenue
S.W., Calgary, Alberta, Canada T2P 4L4.
On March 15, 2021, the Company announced that it had entered into an arrangement agreement (the “Arrangement
Agreement”) with Rogers Communications Inc. (“Rogers”), under which Rogers will acquire all of Shaw’s issued and
outstanding Class A Participating Shares (“Class A Shares”) and Class B Non-Voting Participating Shares (“Class B Shares”) in
a transaction valued at approximately $26 billion, inclusive of approximately $6 billion of Shaw debt (the “Transaction”).
Holders of Shaw Class A Shares and Class B Shares (other than the Shaw Family Living Trust, the controlling shareholder of
Shaw, and related persons (collectively the “Shaw Family Shareholders”)) will receive $40.50 per share in cash. The Shaw
Family Shareholders will receive 60% of the consideration for their shares in the form of Class B Non-Voting Shares of Rogers
(the “Rogers Shares”) on the basis of the volume-weighted average trading price for the Rogers Shares for the 10 trading days
ending March 12, 2021, and the balance in cash.
The Transaction is being implemented by way of a court-approved plan of arrangement under the Business Corporations Act
(Alberta). At the special meeting of Shaw shareholders held on May 20, 2021, the Company obtained approval of the plan of
arrangement by the holders of Shaw’s Class A Shares and Class B Shares in the manner required by the interim order granted
by the Court of Queen’s Bench of Alberta on April 19, 2021. On May 25, 2021, the Court of Queen’s Bench of Alberta issued a
final order approving the plan of arrangement.
The Transaction remains subject to other customary closing conditions including approvals from certain Canadian regulators,
including the Competition Bureau, Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada (ISED) and the Canadian Radio-
television and Telecommunications Commission (CRTC). Subject to the receipt of all required approvals, and the satisfaction of
all closing conditions, the Transaction is expected to close in the first half of 2022.
2.
BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Statement of compliance
These consolidated financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with International Financial
Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).
The consolidated financial statements of the Company for the years ended August 31, 2021 and 2020, were approved by the
Board of Directors on October 28, 2021 and authorized for issue.
Basis of presentation
These consolidated financial statements have been prepared primarily under the historical cost convention and are expressed in
millions of Canadian dollars unless otherwise indicated. Other measurement bases used are outlined below and in the
applicable notes. The consolidated statements of income are presented using the nature classification for expenses.
Certain comparative figures have been reclassified to conform to the current year’s presentation.
Consolidated Financial Statements Shaw Communications Inc.
83

Basis of consolidation
(i)
Subsidiaries
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and those of its subsidiaries, which are entities
over which the Company has control. Control exists when the Company has power over an investee, is exposed to or has rights to
variable returns from its involvement and has the ability to affect those returns. Intercompany transactions and balances are
eliminated on consolidation. The results of operations of subsidiaries acquired during the period are included from their
respective dates of acquisition, being the time at which the Company obtains control. Consolidation of a subsidiary ceases when
the Company loses control. A change in ownership interests of a subsidiary, without a loss of control, is accounted for as an
equity transaction. The Company assesses control through share ownership and voting rights.
Non-controlling interests arise from business combinations in which the Company acquires less than 100% ownership interest.
At the time of acquisition, non-controlling interests are measured at either fair value or their proportionate share of the fair
value of the acquiree’s identifiable assets. The Company determines the measurement basis on a transaction by transaction
basis. Subsequent to acquisition, the carrying amount of non-controlling interests is increased or decreased for their share of
changes in equity.
(ii)
Joint operations
A joint operation is a type of joint arrangement whereby the parties that have joint control of the arrangement have rights to the
assets and obligations for the liabilities, relating to the joint arrangement. Joint control is the contractually agreed sharing of
control of an arrangement, which exists only when decisions about the relevant activities require unanimous consent of the
parties sharing control. The consolidated financial statements include the Company’s proportionate share of the assets,
liabilities, revenues, and expenses of its interests in joint operations.
The Company’s joint operations consist of a 33.33% interest in the Burrard Landing Lot 2 Holdings Partnership (the
“Partnership”). The Partnership owns and leases commercial space in Shaw Tower in Vancouver, BC, which is the Company’s
headquarters for its lower mainland operations. In classifying its 33.33% interest in the Partnership as a joint operation, the
Company considered the terms and conditions of the partnership agreement and other facts and circumstances including the
primary purpose of Shaw Tower which is to provide lease space to the partners.
Revenue and expenses
The Company has multiple deliverable arrangements comprised of upfront fees (subscriber connection and installation fee
revenue, customer premise equipment revenue, handset equipment revenue) and related subscription and service revenue.
Upfront fees charged to customers do not constitute separate units of accounting, therefore these revenue streams are assessed
as an integrated package.
(i) Revenue
The Company records revenue from contracts with customers in accordance with the following five steps:
(1) identify the contract(s) with a customer;
(2) identify the performance obligations in the contract;
(3) determine the transaction price;
(4) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and,
(5) recognize revenue when (or as) we satisfy a performance obligation.
Revenue for each performance obligation is recognized either over time or at a point in time. For performance obligations
satisfied over time, revenue is recognized as the services are provided. Revenues on certain long-term contracts are recognized
using output methods based on products delivered, performance completed to date and time elapsed. Revenue from Cable,
Internet, Phone, Direct-to-Home (DTH) and Wireless customers includes subscriber revenue earned as services are provided.
Satellite distribution services and telecommunications service revenue is recognized in the period in which the services are
rendered to customers. In addition to monthly service plans, the Company also offers multi-year service plans in which the total
amount of the contractual service revenue is accounted for on a straight-line basis over the term of the plan. Fees for wireless
voice, text and data services on a pay-per-use basis are recognized in the period that the service is provided.
84
Shaw Communications Inc. 2021 Annual Report

Revenue from data centre customers includes colocation and other services revenue, including managed infrastructure revenue.
Colocation revenue is recognized on a straight-line line basis over the term of the customer contract. Other services revenue,
including managed infrastructure revenue, is recognized as the services are provided.
Revenue for performance obligations satisfied at a point in time is recognized when control of the item or service transfers to
the customer. Revenue from the direct sale of equipment to wireless subscribers or dealers is recognized when the equipment is
delivered and accepted by the subscribers or dealers.
For bundled arrangements (e.g. wireless handsets, voice and data services, internet services), items are accounted for as
separate performance obligations if the item meets the definition of a distinct good or service. Stand-alone selling prices are
determined using observable prices adjusted for market conditions and other factors, as appropriate. The Company offers a
discretionary wireless handset discount program, whereby the subscriber earns the applicable discount by maintaining services
with the Company, such that the receivable relating to the discount at inception of the transaction is reduced over a period of
time. This discount is allocated proportionately between the equipment and service revenues, with the equipment discount
recognized when the handset is delivered and the corresponding service discount is classified as a contract asset. The contract
asset is reduced on a straight-line basis over the period which the discount is forgiven to a maximum of two years with an
offsetting reduction to service revenue. The Company also offers a plan allowing customers to receive a larger up-front handset
discount than they would otherwise qualify for if they pay a predetermined incremental charge to their existing service plan on a
monthly basis. The charge is billed on a monthly basis but is recognized as revenue when the handset is delivered and accepted
by the subscriber. The amount receivable is classified as part of other current or other long-term assets, as applicable, in the
consolidated statements of financial position. When wireless equipment and services are bundled with wireline services,
revenue is allocated across the Company’s segments based on the relative stand-alone selling prices of the goods and services
delivered.
When a customer can modify their contract within predefined terms such that we are not able to enforce the transaction price
agreed to, but can only contractually enforce a lower amount, we allocate revenue between performance obligations using the
minimum enforceable rights and obligations and any excess amount is recognized as revenue as its earned.
(ii)
Contract assets and liabilities
We record a contract asset when we have provided goods and services to our customer but our right to related consideration for
the performance obligation is conditional on satisfying other performance obligations. Contract assets are transferred to trade
receivables when our right to consideration becomes conditional only as to the passage of time. A contract liability is recognized
when we receive consideration in advance of the transfer of products or services to the customer. We account for contract assets
and liabilities on a contract-by-contract basis, with each contract presented as either a net contract asset or a net contract
liability accordingly.
Subscriber connection fees received from Cable, Internet, Phone and Wireless customers are deferred as contract liabilities and
recognized as revenue on a straight-line basis over two to three years. The costs of physically connecting a new home are
capitalized as part of the distribution system and costs of disconnections are expensed as incurred.
Initial setup fees related to the installation of data centre services and installation revenue received on contracts with
commercial business customers are deferred as contract liabilities and recognized as revenue on a straight-line basis over the
related service contract, which generally span two to ten years. Direct and incremental costs associated with the installation of
services or service contract, in an amount not exceeding the upfront revenue, are deferred as contract assets and recognized as
an operating expense on a straight-line basis over the same period.
(iii)
Deferred commission cost assets
We defer the incremental cost to obtain or fulfill a contract with a customer over their expected period of benefit to the extent
they are recoverable. These costs include certain commissions paid to internal and external representatives. We defer them as
deferred commission cost assets in other assets and amortize them to operating costs over the pattern of the transfer of goods
and services to the customer, which is typically evenly over either 24 or 36 consecutive months.
Direct and incremental initial selling, administrative and connection costs, including commissions related to subscriber
acquisitions are deferred and recognized as an operating expense on a straight-line basis over three years.
(iv)
Deferred equipment revenue and deferred equipment costs
Revenue from sales of DTH equipment is deferred and recognized on a straight-line basis over three years commencing when
subscriber service is activated. The total cost of the equipment, including installation, represents an inventoriable cost which is
deferred and recognized on a straight-line basis over the same period. The DTH equipment is generally sold to customers at cost
or a subsidized price in order to expand the Company’s customer base.
Consolidated Financial Statements Shaw Communications Inc.
85

Recognition of deferred equipment revenue and deferred equipment costs is recorded as deferred equipment revenue
amortization and deferred equipment costs amortization, respectively.
(v)
Deferred IRU revenue
Prepayments received under indefeasible right to use (IRU) agreements are amortized on a straight-line basis into income over
the term of the agreement and included in amortization of property, plant and equipment, intangibles and other in the
consolidated statements of income.
Cash
Cash is presented net of outstanding cheques. When the amount of outstanding cheques and the amount drawn under the
Company’s revolving term facility are greater than the amount of cash, the net amount is presented as bank indebtedness.
Securitization of trade receivables
Sales of trade receivables in securitization transactions are recognized as collateralized short-term borrowings as we do not
transfer control and substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership to another entity and thus do not result in our
de-recognition of the trade receivables sold.
Allowance for doubtful accounts
The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for the estimated expected credit losses resulting from the inability
of its customers to make required payments. In determining the allowance, the Company considers factors such as the number
of days the account is past due, whether or not the customer continues to receive service, the Company’s past collection history
and changes in business circumstances.
Inventories
Inventories include subscriber equipment such as DTH receivers, which are held pending rental or sale at cost or at a
subsidized price and wireless handsets, accessories and SIM cards. When subscriber DTH equipment is sold, the equipment
revenue and equipment costs are deferred and amortized over three years. When the subscriber equipment is rented, it is
transferred to property, plant and equipment and amortized over its useful life. Inventories are determined on a first-in, first-out
basis, and are stated at cost due to the eventual capital nature as either an addition to property, plant and equipment or
deferred equipment costs.
Inventories of wireless handsets, accessories and SIM cards are carried at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Cost is
determined using the weighted average method and includes expenditures incurred in acquiring the inventories and bringing
them to their existing condition and location. Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of
business, less selling expenses.
Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment are recorded at purchase cost. Direct labour and other directly attributable costs incurred to
construct new assets, upgrade existing assets and connect new subscribers are capitalized as well as borrowing costs on
qualifying assets. In addition, any asset removal and site restoration costs in connection with the retirement of assets are
capitalized. Repairs and maintenance expenditures are charged to operating expense as incurred. Amortization is recorded on a
straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of assets as follows:
Asset
Estimated
useful life
Cable, Wireless and telecommunications distribution system
3-20 years
Digital cable terminals and modems
3-5 years
Satellite audio, video and data network equipment and DTH receiving equipment
3-15 years
Buildings
15-40 years
Data processing
4-10 years
Other
4-20 years
The Company reviews the estimates of useful lives on a regular basis.
86
Shaw Communications Inc. 2021 Annual Report

Leases
Leases are typically entered into for network infrastructure and equipment, including transponders, and land and buildings
relating to the Company’s wireless and wireline networks, office space and retail stores. At inception of a contract, the Company
assesses whether the contract contains a lease. A lease contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset for a
period in exchange for consideration. To assess whether a contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset,
the Company assesses whether:
•
the contract involves the use of an identified asset;
•
the Company has the right to obtain substantially all of the economic benefits from use of the asset throughout the period of
use; and
•
the Company has the right to direct the use of the identified asset.
Lease liabilities are initially measured at the present value of future lease payments at the commencement date, discounted
using the interest rate implicit in the lease or, if not readily determinable, the Company’s incremental borrowing rate. A single
incremental borrowing rate is applied to a portfolio of leases with similar characteristics.
Lease payments included in the measurement of the lease liability consist of:
•
fixed payments, including in-substance fixed payments;
•
variable lease payments that depend on an index or rate;
•
amounts expected to be payable under a residual value guarantee; and
•
payments relating to purchase options and renewal option periods that are reasonably certain to be exercised, or periods
subject to termination options that are not reasonably certain to be exercised.
The initial lease term included in the measurement of the lease liability consists of:
•
the non-cancellable period of the lease;
•
periods covered by options to extend the lease, where the Company is reasonably certain to exercise the option; and
•
periods covered by options to terminate the lease, where the Company is reasonably certain not to exercise the option.
Lease liabilities are subsequently measured at amortized cost. Lease liabilities are remeasured when there is a lease
modification, and a corresponding adjustment is made to the carrying amount of the right-of-use asset or is recorded in profit or
loss if the carrying amount of the right-of-use asset has been reduced to zero. The interest expense for lease liabilities is
recorded in Interest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Income.
Variable lease payments that do not depend on an index or rate are not included in the measurement of lease liabilities and
right-of-use assets. The related payments are expensed in Operating, general and administrative expenses in the period in which
the event or condition that triggers those payments occurs.
Right-of-use assets are initially measured at cost, which comprises the initial amount of the lease obligation adjusted for any
lease payments made at or before the commencement date, plus any initial direct costs incurred, plus an estimate of costs to
dismantle and remove the underlying asset or to restore the underlying asset or the site on which it is located, less any lease
incentives received. The Company presents right-of-use assets in Property, plant and equipment.
If the Company obtains ownership of the leased asset by the end of the lease term or the costs of the right-of-use asset reflects
the exercise of a purchase option, we depreciate the right-of-use asset from the lease commencement date to the end of the
useful life of the underlying asset. Otherwise, right-of-use assets are depreciated on a straight-line basis from the
commencement date to the earlier of the end of the useful life or the end of the lease term. Right-of-use assets are periodically
reduced by impairment losses, if any, and adjusted for certain remeasurements on the related lease liability. The depreciation
charge for right-of-use assets is recorded in Amortization – Property, plant and equipment.
Consolidated Financial Statements Shaw Communications Inc.
87

Other long-term assets
Other long-term assets primarily include (i) equipment costs, as described in the revenue and expenses accounting policy,
deferred and amortized on a straight-line basis over three to five years, (ii) the non-current portion of wireless handset discounts
receivable as described in the revenue and expenses accounting policy, (iii) credit facility arrangement fees amortized on a
straight-line basis over the term of the facility, (iv) long-term receivables, (v) network capacity leases, (vi) the non-current
portion of prepaid maintenance and support contracts, and (vii) direct costs in connection with initial setup fees and
installation of services, as described in the revenue and expenses accounting policy, deferred and amortized on a straight-line
basis over two to ten years.
Intangibles
The excess of the cost of acquiring cable, satellite, media, data centre and wireless businesses over the fair value of related net
identifiable tangible and intangible assets acquired is allocated to goodwill. Net identifiable intangible assets acquired consist
of amounts allocated to broadcast rights and licences, wireless spectrum licences, trademarks, brands, program rights,
customer relationships and software assets. Broadcast rights and licences, wireless spectrum licences, trademarks and brands
represent identifiable assets with indefinite useful lives.
Customer relationships represent the value of customer contracts and relationships acquired in a business combination and are
amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives ranging from 4 – 15 years.
Software that is not an integral part of the related hardware is classified as an intangible asset. Internally developed software
assets are recorded at historical cost and include direct material and labour costs as well as borrowing costs on qualifying
assets. Software assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over estimated useful lives ranging from 3 – 10 years. The
Company reviews the estimates of lives and useful lives on a regular basis.
Borrowing costs
The Company capitalizes borrowing costs on qualifying assets that take more than one year to construct or develop using the
Company’s weighted average cost of borrowing which approximated 5% (2020 – 5%).
Impairment
(i)
Goodwill and indefinite-life intangibles
The Company tests goodwill and indefinite-life intangibles for impairment annually (as at February 1) and when events or
changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be impaired. The recoverable amount of each cash-generating
unit (CGU) is determined based on the higher of the CGU’s fair value less costs to sell (FVLCS) and its value in use (VIU). A
CGU is the smallest identifiable group of assets that generate cash flows that are independent of the cash inflows from other
assets or groups of assets. The Company’s cash generating units are Cable, Satellite, and Wireless. Where the recoverable
amount of the CGU is less than its carrying amount, an impairment loss is recognized. Impairment losses relating to goodwill
cannot be reversed in future periods.
(ii)
Non-financial assets with finite useful lives
For non-financial assets, such as property, plant and equipment and finite-life intangible assets, an assessment is made at each
reporting date as to whether there is an indication that an asset may be impaired. If any indication exists, the recoverable
amount of the asset is determined based on the higher of FVLCS and VIU. Where the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its
recoverable amount, the asset is considered impaired and written down to its recoverable amount. Previously recognized
impairment losses are reviewed for possible reversal at each reporting date and all or a portion of the impairment is reversed if
the asset’s value has increased.
Provisions
Provisions are recognized when the Company has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event, it is
probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation and a reliable
estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation. The timing or amount of the outflow may still be uncertain. Provisions
are measured using the best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the present obligation at the end of the reporting
period, taking into account risks and uncertainties associated with the obligation. Provisions are discounted where the time
value of money is considered material.
88
Shaw Communications Inc. 2021 Annual Report

(i)
Asset retirement obligations
The Company recognizes the fair value of a liability for an asset retirement obligation in the period in which it is incurred, on a
discounted basis, with a corresponding increase to the carrying amount of property and equipment, primarily in respect of
wireless and transmitter sites. This cost is amortized on the same basis as the related asset. The liability is subsequently
increased for the passage of time and the accretion is recorded in the income statement as accretion of long-term liabilities and
provisions. The discount rates applied are subsequently adjusted to current rates as required at the end of reporting periods.
Revisions due to the estimated timing of cash flows or the amount required to settle the obligation may result in an increase or
decrease in the liability. Actual costs incurred upon settlement of the obligation are charged against the liability to the extent
recorded.
(ii)
Restructuring provisions
Restructuring provisions, primarily in respect of employee termination benefits, are recognized when a detailed plan for the
restructuring exists and a valid expectation has been raised to those affected that the plan will be carried out.
(iii)
Other provisions
Provisions for disputes, legal claims and contingencies are recognized when an outflow to settle the matter is probable. The
Company establishes provisions after taking into consideration legal assessments (if applicable), expected availability of
insurance or other recourse and other available information.
Deferred credits
Deferred credits primarily include: (i) prepayments received under IRU agreements amortized on a straight-line basis into
income over the term of the agreement, (ii) equipment revenue, as described in the revenue and expenses accounting policy,
deferred and amortized over three to five years, and (iii) a deposit on a future fibre sale.
Income taxes
The Company accounts for income taxes using the liability method, whereby deferred income tax assets and liabilities are
determined based on differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities measured using
substantively enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. Deferred tax assets
and liabilities are offset if there is a legally enforceable right to offset and they relate to income taxes levied by the same
authority in the same taxable entity. Income tax expense for the period is the tax payable for the period using tax rates
substantively enacted at the reporting date, any adjustments to taxes payable in respect of previous years and any change
during the period in deferred income tax assets and liabilities, except to the extent that they relate to a business combination or
divestment, items recognized directly in equity or in other comprehensive income. The Company records interest and penalties
related to income taxes in interest expense.
Tax credits and government grants
The Company receives tax credits primarily related to its research and development activities. Government financial assistance
is recognized when management has reasonable assurance that the conditions of the government programs are met and
accounted for as a reduction of related costs, whether capitalized and amortized or expensed in the period the costs are
incurred.
Foreign currency translation
Transactions originating in foreign currencies are translated into Canadian dollars at the exchange rate at the date of the
transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities are translated at the period-end rate of exchange and non-monetary items are
translated at historic exchange rates. The net foreign exchange gain (loss) recognized on the translation and settlement of
current monetary assets and liabilities was $12 (2020 – $5) and is included in other gains (losses).
Financial instruments other than derivatives
Financial instruments have been classified and measured at amortized cost, fair value through other comprehensive income
(FVOCI) or fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL). Cash and financial instruments have been classified as FVTPL and are
recorded at fair value with any change in fair value immediately recognized in income (loss). Investments in equity securities
are classified and measured at FVTPL. Loans and receivables and financial liabilities are carried at amortized cost. None of the
Company’s financial liabilities are classified as FVTPL.
Consolidated Financial Statements Shaw Communications Inc.
89

Finance costs and discounts associated with the issuance of debt securities are netted against the related debt instrument and
amortized to income using the effective interest rate method. Accordingly, long-term debt accretes over time to the principal
amount that will be owing at maturity.
Derivative financial instruments and hedging activities
The Company uses derivative financial instruments, such as foreign currency forward purchase contracts, to manage risks from
fluctuations in foreign exchange rates. All derivative financial instruments are recorded at fair value in the consolidated
statements of financial position. The Company may elect to apply hedge accounting to certain derivative instruments. With
hedge accounting, changes in the fair value of derivative financial instruments designated as cash flow hedges are recorded in
other comprehensive income (loss) until the variability of cash flows relating to the hedged asset or liability is recognized in
income (loss). When an anticipated transaction is subsequently recorded as a non-financial asset, the amounts recognized in
other comprehensive income (loss) are reclassified to the initial carrying amount of the related asset. Where hedge accounting
is not permissible or derivatives are not designated in a hedging relationship, they are classified as held-for-trading and the
changes in fair value are immediately recognized in income (loss).
Instruments that have been entered into by the Company to hedge exposure to foreign currency risk are reviewed on a regular
basis to ensure the hedges are still effective and that hedge accounting continues to be appropriate.
Fair value measurements
Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time, based on relevant market information and information about the
underlying asset or liability. These estimates are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of significant
judgment and, therefore, cannot be determined with precision. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates.
The fair value hierarchy is based on inputs to valuation techniques that are used to measure fair value that are either observable
or unobservable. Observable inputs reflect assumptions market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability based on
market data obtained from independent sources while unobservable inputs reflect a reporting entity’s pricing based upon their
own market assumptions.
The fair value hierarchy consists of the following three levels:
Level 1 Inputs are quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2 Inputs for the asset or liability are based on observable market data, either directly or indirectly, other than quoted prices.
Level 3 Inputs for the asset or liability are not based on observable market data.
The Company determines whether transfers have occurred between levels in the fair value hierarchy by assessing the impact of
events and changes in circumstances that could result in a transfer at the end of each reporting period.
Employee benefits
The Company accrues its obligations under its employee benefit plans, net of plan assets. The cost of pensions and other
retirement benefits earned by certain employees is actuarially determined using the projected benefit method pro-rated on
service and management’s best estimate of salary escalation and retirement ages of employees. Past service costs from plan
initiation and amendments are recognized immediately in the income statement. Remeasurements include actuarial gains or
losses and the return on plan assets (excluding interest income). Actuarial gains and losses occur because assumptions about
benefit plans relate to a long time frame and differ from actual experiences. These assumptions are revised based on actual
experience of the plans such as changes in discount rates, expected retirement ages and projected salary increases.
Remeasurements are recognized in other comprehensive income (loss) on an annual basis, at a minimum, and on an interim
basis when there are significant changes in assumptions.
August 31 is the measurement date for the Company’s employee benefit plans. The last actuarial valuations for funding
purposes for the various plans were performed effective August 31, 2021 and the next actuarial valuations for funding purposes
are effective August 31, 2022.
90
Shaw Communications Inc. 2021 Annual Report

Share-based compensation
The Company has a stock option plan for directors, officers, employees, and consultants to the Company. The exercise price of
options to purchase Class B Shares is determined by the Board, or a committee thereof, at a price not less than the closing
price of the Class B Shares on the TSX on the trading day immediately preceding the date on which the options are granted.
Any consideration paid on the exercise of stock options, together with any contributed surplus recorded at the date the options
vested, is credited to share capital. The Company calculates the fair value of share-based compensation awarded to employees
using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The fair value of options are expensed and credited to contributed surplus over
the vesting period of the options using the graded vesting method.
The Company has a restricted share unit (RSU) and performance share unit (PSU) plan which provides that RSUs may be
granted to officers, employees and directors of the Company, and PSUs may be granted to officers and employees of the
Company. RSUs vest on either the first, second and third anniversary of the grant date or 100% on the third anniversary of the
grant date and compensation is recognized on a straight-line basis over the three-year vesting period. PSUs vest 100% on the
third anniversary of the grant date. RSUs and PSUs will be settled in either cash or Class B Shares as determined by the
Human Resources and Compensation Committee at the time of the grant and the obligation for RSUs and PSUs is measured at
the end of each period at fair value using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and the number of outstanding RSUs and
PSUs. For PSUs, the performance criteria is set by the by the Human Resources and Compensation Committee at the time of
the grant, and typically requires the achievement of a minimum level of performance, otherwise the payout is zero, while
maximum performance is capped at 150%. On settlement of vested PSUs, the number of Class B Shares issued or delivered, or
the amount of cash payment will be multiplied by the applicable performance factor.
The Company has a deferred share unit (DSU) plan for its Board of Directors. Compensation cost is recognized immediately as
DSUs vest when granted. DSUs will be settled in cash and the obligation is measured at the end of each period at fair value
using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and the number of outstanding DSUs.
Directors may elect to receive their compensation in cash, RSUs, DSUs, or a combination thereof. Any director who has not met
their share ownership guidelines is generally required to elect to receive at least 50% of their annual compensation in DSUs
and/or RSUs.
The Company has an employee share purchase plan (the “ESPP”) under which eligible employees may contribute to a
maximum of 5% of their monthly base compensation. The Company contributes an amount equal to 25% of the participant’s
contributions, increasing to 33% once an employee reaches 10 years of continuous service, and records such amounts as
compensation expense.
Earnings per share
Basic earnings per share is based on net income attributable to equity shareholders adjusted for dividends on preferred shares
and is calculated using the weighted average number of Class A Shares and Class B Shares outstanding during the period.
Diluted earnings per share is calculated by considering the effect of all potentially dilutive instruments. In calculating diluted
earnings per share, any proceeds from the exercise of stock options and other dilutive instruments are assumed to be used to
purchase Class B Shares at the average market price during the period.
Guarantees
The Company discloses information about certain types of guarantees that it has provided, including certain types of
indemnities, without regard to whether it will have to make any payments under the guarantees.
Estimation uncertainty and critical judgments
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the
date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the period. Actual
results could differ from those estimates and significant changes in assumptions could cause an impairment in assets. The
following require the most difficult, complex or subjective judgments which result from the need to make estimates about the
effects of matters that are inherently uncertain.
Estimation uncertainty
The following are key assumptions concerning the future and other key sources of estimation uncertainty that could impact the
carrying amount of assets and liabilities and results of operations in future periods.
Consolidated Financial Statements Shaw Communications Inc.
91

(i)
Allowance for doubtful accounts
The Company is required to make an estimate of expected credit losses on its receivables. The estimated allowance required is
a matter of judgment and the actual loss eventually sustained may be more or less than the estimate, depending on events
which have yet to occur and which cannot be foretold, such as future business, personal and economic conditions.
(ii)
Contractual service revenue
The Company is required to make judgments and estimates that affect the amount and timing of revenue from contracts with
customers, including estimates of the stand-alone selling prices of wireline and wireless products and services, the
identification of performance obligations within a contract and the timing of satisfaction of performance obligations under long-
term contracts.
Determining the deferral criteria for the costs incurred to obtain or fulfill a contract requires us to make significant judgments.
We expect incremental commission fees paid to internal and external representatives as a result of obtaining contracts with
customers to be recoverable.
(iii)
Property, plant and equipment
The Company is required to estimate the expected useful lives of its property, plant and equipment. These estimates of useful
lives involve significant judgment. In determining these estimates, the Company takes into account industry trends and
company-specific factors, including changing technologies and expectations for the in-service period of these assets.
Management’s judgment is also required in determination of the amortization method, the residual value of assets and the
capitalization of labour and overhead.
(iv)
Leases
The application of IFRS 16 requires the Company to make judgments that affect the valuation of the lease liabilities and the
valuation of right-of-use assets. These include determining whether a contract contains a lease, determining the contract term,
including whether or not to exercise renewal or termination options, and determining the interest rate used for discounting
future cash flows.
(v)
Business combinations – purchase price allocation
Purchase price allocations involve uncertainty because management is required to make assumptions and judgments to
estimate the fair value of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed in business combinations. Fair value estimates
are based on quoted market prices and widely accepted valuation techniques, including discounted cash flow (DCF) analysis.
Such estimates include assumptions about inputs to the valuation techniques, industry economic factors and business
strategies.
(vi)
Impairment
The Company estimates the recoverable amount of its CGUs using a FVLCS calculation based on a DCF analysis or market
approach or a VIU calculation based on a DCF analysis. Where a DCF analysis is used, significant judgments are inherent in this
analysis including estimating the amount and timing of the cash flows attributable to the broadcast rights and licences, the
selection of an appropriate discount rate, and the identification of appropriate terminal growth rate assumptions. In this
analysis, the Company estimates the discrete future cash flows associated with the intangible asset for five years and
determines a terminal value. The future cash flows are based on the Company’s estimates of future operating results, economic
conditions and the competitive environment. The terminal value is estimated using both a perpetuity growth assumption and a
multiple of operating income before restructuring costs and amortization. The discount rates used in the analysis are based on
the Company’s weighted average cost of capital and an assessment of the risk inherent in the projected cash flows. In analyzing
the FVLCS determined by a DCF analysis, the Company also considers a market approach determining a recoverable amount for
each unit and total entity value determined using a market capitalization approach. Recent market transactions are taken into
account, when available. The key assumptions used to determine the recoverable amounts, including a sensitivity analysis, are
included in Note 9. A DCF analysis uses significant unobservable inputs and is therefore considered a level 3 fair value
measurement.
(vii) Employee benefit plans
The amounts reported in the financial statements relating to the defined benefit pension plans are determined using actuarial
valuations that are based on several assumptions including the discount rate and rate of compensation increase. While the
Company believes these assumptions are reasonable, differences in actual results or changes in assumptions could affect
employee benefit obligations and the related income statement impact. The most significant assumption used to calculate the
92
Shaw Communications Inc. 2021 Annual Report

net employee benefit plan expense is the discount rate. The discount rate is the interest rate used to determine the present
value of the future cash flows that is expected will be needed to settle employee benefit obligations. It is based on the yield of
long-term, high-quality corporate fixed income investments closely matching the term of the estimated future cash flows and is
reviewed and adjusted as changes are required.
(viii) Income taxes
The Company is required to estimate income taxes using substantively enacted tax rates and laws in effect or that will be in
effect when the temporary differences are expected to reverse. In determining the measurement of tax uncertainties, the
Company recognizes an income tax benefit only when it is probable that the tax benefit will be realized. Realization of deferred
income tax assets is dependent on generating sufficient taxable income during the period in which the temporary differences
are deductible. Although realization is not assured, management believes it is more likely than not that all recognized deferred
income tax assets will be realized based on reversals of deferred income tax liabilities, projected operating results and tax
planning strategies available to the Company and its subsidiaries.
(ix)
Contingencies
The Company is subject to various claims and contingencies related to lawsuits, taxes and commitments under regulatory,
contractual and other commercial obligations. Contingent losses are recognized by a charge to income when it is likely that a
future event will confirm that an asset has been impaired or a liability incurred at the date of the financial statements and the
amount can be reasonably estimated. Significant changes in assumptions as to the likelihood and estimates of the amount of a
loss could result in recognition of additional liabilities.
Critical judgements
The following are critical judgements apart from those involving estimation:
(i)
Determination of a CGU
Management’s judgment is required in determining the Company’s cash generating units (CGU) for the impairment assessment
of its indefinite-life intangible assets. The CGUs have been determined considering operating activities and asset management
and are Cable, Satellite, and Wireless.
(ii)
Broadcast rights and licences and spectrum licences – indefinite-life assessment
A number of the Company’s businesses are dependent upon broadcast licences (or operate pursuant to an exemption order)
granted and issued by the CRTC or wireless spectrum licences issued by Innovation, Science and Economic Development
Canada (ISED). While these licences must be renewed from time to time, the Company has never failed to do so. In addition,
there are currently no legal, regulatory or competitive factors that limit the useful lives of these assets.
Standards, interpretations and amendments to standards issued but not yet effective
The Company has not yet adopted certain standards and interpretations that have been issued but are not yet effective. The
following pronouncements are being assessed to determine the impact on the Company’s results and financial position but the
impacts are not expected to be material:
•
Proceeds before Intended Use (Amendments to IAS 16, Property, Plant and Equipment) was amended to prohibit deducting
from the cost of an item of property, plant and equipment any proceeds from selling items produced while bringing the asset
to capable operations. These amendments are required to be applied for annual periods commencing on or after January 1,
2022, however earlier application is permitted.
•
Onerous Contracts – Costs of Fulfilling a Contract (Amendments to IAS 37, Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent
Assets) was amended to clarify which costs should be included in determining the cost of fulfilling a potential onerous
contract. These amendments are required to be applied for annual periods commencing on or after January 1, 2022,
however earlier application is permitted.
•
Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-Current (Amendments to IAS 1, Presentation of Financial Statements) was
amended to clarify that the classification of liabilities as current or non-current is based on rights that are in existence at the
end of the reporting period and specifies that classification is unaffected by expectations about whether an entity will
exercise its right to defer settlement of a liability. The amendments are effective January 1, 2023 with early application
permitted. The amendments are required to be adopted retrospectively.
Consolidated Financial Statements Shaw Communications Inc.
93

3.
ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
2021
$
2020
$
Subscriber and trade receivables
362
326
Due from related parties (note 29)
–
1
Miscellaneous receivables
17
15
379
342
Less allowance for doubtful accounts (note 30)
(78)
(74)
301
268
Included in operating, general and administrative expenses is a provision for doubtful accounts of $25 (2020 – $60).
4.
INVENTORIES
2021
$
2020
$
Wireless devices and accessories
33
40
DTH subscriber equipment
23
20
Other – built to suit
7
–
63
60
5.
OTHER CURRENT ASSETS
2021
$
2020
$
Prepaid expenses
103
89
Costs incurred to obtain or fulfill a contract with a customer
59
61
Wireless handset receivables
168
127
Current portion of derivatives
1
–
331
277
6.
INVESTMENTS AND OTHER ASSETS
2021
$
2020
$
Investments in private entities
70
42
The Company has a portfolio of minor investments in various private entities. During fiscal 2021, the Company recorded a net
fair value adjustment of $27 relating to these investments. This gain is included in other gains (losses) on the Consolidated
Statements of Income for the year ended August 31, 2021.
94
Shaw Communications Inc. 2021 Annual Report

7.
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
August 31, 2021
August 31, 2020
Cost $
Accumulated
amortization
$
Net book
value
$
Cost
$
Accumulated
amortization
$
Net book
value
$
Cable and telecommunications distribution system
7,475
3,957
3,518
7,189
3,699
3,490
Digital cable terminals and modems
853
541
312
937
579
358
Satellite audio, video and data network and DTH
receiving equipment
106
66
40
114
68
46
Land and buildings
646
318
328
645
293
352
Data centre infrastructure, data processing and
other
630
419
211
638
408
230
Assets under construction
417
–
417
420
–
420
Property, plant and equipment excluding
right-of-use assets
10,127
5,301
4,826
9,943
5,047
4,896
Right-of-use assets (note 14)
1,474
281
1,193
1,387
141
1,246
Property, plant and equipment
11,601
5,582
6,019
11,330
5,188
6,142
Changes in the net carrying amounts of property, plant and equipment for 2021 and 2020 are summarized as follows:
August 31,
2020
August 31,
2021
Net book
value
$
Additions
$
Transfers
$
Amortization
$
Disposals
and
writedown
$
Net book
value
$
Cable and telecommunications distribution system
3,490
441
215
(625)
(3)
3,518
Digital cable terminals and modems
358
146
–
(196)
4
312
Satellite audio, video and data network and DTH
receiving equipment
46
8
(1)
(13)
–
40
Land and buildings
352
4
2
(29)
(1)
328
Data centre infrastructure, data processing and
other
230
24
24
(52)
(15)
211
Assets under construction
420
239
(242)
–
–
417
4,896
862
(2)
(915)
(15)
4,826
August 31,
2019
August 31,
2020
Net book
value
$
Additions
$
Transfers
$
Amortization
$
Disposals
and
writedown
$
Net book
value
$
Cable and telecommunications distribution system
3,420
393
265
(585)
(3)
3,490
Digital cable terminals and modems
368
214
–
(223)
(1)
358
Satellite audio, video and data network and DTH
receiving equipment
60
6
(1)
(17)
(2)
46
Land and buildings
375
6
1
(30)
–
352
Data centre infrastructure, data processing and
other
199
63
29
(54)
(7)
230
Assets under construction
461
257
(298)
–
–
420
4,883
939
(4)
(909)
(13)
4,896
Consolidated Financial Statements Shaw Communications Inc.
95

In 2021, the Company recognized a net gain of $3 (2020 – net loss of $3) on the disposal of property, plant and equipment.
8.
OTHER LONG-TERM ASSETS
2021
$
2020
$
Equipment costs subject to a deferred revenue arrangement
49
67
Long-term Wireless handset receivables
45
35
Costs incurred to obtain or fulfill a contract with a customer
33
37
Credit facility arrangement fees
3
4
Other
33
20
163
163
Amortization provided in the accounts for 2021 amounted to $47 (2020 – $65) and was recorded as amortization of deferred
equipment costs.
9.
INTANGIBLES AND GOODWILL
2021
$
2020
$
Broadcast rights and licences
Cable systems
4,016
4,016
DTH and satellite services
1,013
1,013
5,029
5,029
Wireless spectrum licences
2,445
2,445
Other intangibles
Software
483
479
Customer relationships
39
44
7,996
7,997
Goodwill
Cable and telecommunications systems
79
79
Wireless
201
201
280
280
Net book value
8,276
8,277
Broadcast rights and licences, trademark, brands and wireless spectrum licences have been assessed as having indefinite useful
lives. While licences must be renewed from time to time, the Company has never failed to do so. In addition, there are currently
no legal, regulatory, competitive or other factors that limit the useful lives of these assets.
The changes in the carrying amount of intangibles with indefinite useful lives, and therefore not subject to amortization, are as
follows:
Broadcast
rights and
licences
$
Goodwill
$
Wireless
spectrum
licences
$
September 1, 2019
5,029
280
2,445
Additions
–
–
–
Disposition
–
–
–
August 31, 2020
5,029
280
2,445
Additions
–
–
–
Disposition
–
–
–
August 31, 2021
5,029
280
2,445
96
Shaw Communications Inc. 2021 Annual Report

Intangibles subject to amortization are as follows:
August 31, 2021
August 31, 2020
Cost
Accumulated
amortization
Net book
value
Cost
Accumulated
amortization
Net book
value
Software
897
416
481
806
335
471
Software under construction
2
–
2
8
–
8
Customer relationships
114
75
39
114
70
44
1,013
491
522
928
405
523
The changes in the carrying amount of intangibles subject to amortization are as follows:
Software
$
Software
under
construction
$
Customer
relationships
$
Total
$
September 1, 2019
440
11
54
505
Additions
144
–
–
144
Transfers
7
(3)
–
4
Dispositions
–
–
–
–
Amortization
(120)
–
(10)
(130)
August 31, 2020
471
8
44
523
Additions
138
–
–
138
Transfers
8
(6)
–
2
Dispositions
–
–
–
–
Amortization
(136)
–
(5)
(141)
August 31, 2021
481
2
39
522
Impairment testing of indefinite-life intangibles and goodwill
The Company conducted its annual impairment test on goodwill and indefinite-life intangibles as at February 1, 2021 and the
recoverable amount of the CGUs exceeded their carrying value.
A hypothetical decline of 10% in the recoverable amount of the broadcast rights and licences for the Cable cash generating unit
as at February 1, 2021 would not result in any impairment loss. A hypothetical decline of 10% in the recoverable amount of
the broadcast rights and licences for the Satellite cash generating unit as at February 1, 2021 would not result in an
impairment loss. A hypothetical decline of 10% in the recoverable amount of the Wireless generating unit as at February 1,
2021 would not result in any impairment loss.
Any changes in economic conditions since the impairment testing conducted as at February 1, 2021 do not represent events or
changes in circumstance that would be indicative of impairment at August 31, 2021.
Significant estimates inherent to this analysis include discount rates and the terminal value. At February 1, 2021, the
estimates that have been utilized in the impairment tests reflect any changes in market conditions and are as follows:
Terminal value
Post-tax
discount rate
Terminal
growth rate
Terminal operating
income before
restructuring costs and
amortization multiple
Cable
5.0%
0.0%
9.7x
Satellite
6.0%
-8.0%
6.5x
Wireless
6.0%
1.0%
6.1x
Consolidated Financial Statements Shaw Communications Inc.
97

A sensitivity analysis of significant estimates is conducted as part of every impairment test. With respect to the impairment
tests performed in the second quarter, the estimated decline in recoverable amount for the sensitivity of significant estimates is
as follows:
Estimated decline in recoverable amount
Terminal value
1% increase in
discount rate
1% decrease in
terminal growth rate
0.5 times decrease in
terminal operating
income before
restructuring costs and
amortization multiple
Cable
16.4%
13.8%
1.9%
Satellite
6.5%
4.2%
3.6%
Wireless
21.9%
13.5%
2.1%
10. SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS
The Company has an accounts receivable securitization program with a Canadian financial institution which will allow it to sell
certain trade receivables into the program up to a maximum of $200. The term of this program extends to May 29, 2022. The
Company continues to service and retain substantially all of the risks and rewards relating to the trade receivables sold, and
therefore, the trade receivables are recognized on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Financial Position and the funding
received is recorded as a current liability (revolving floating rate loans) secured by the trade receivables. The buyer’s interest in
the accounts receivable ranks ahead of the Company’s interest and the program restricts it from using the trade receivables as
collateral for any other purpose. The buyer of the trade receivables has no claim on any of the Company’s other assets.
A summary of our accounts receivable securitization program as at August 31, 2021 is as follows:
2021
$
2020
$
Accounts receivable securitization program, beginning of period
200
40
Proceeds received from accounts receivable securitization
–
160
Repayment of accounts receivable securitization
–
–
Accounts receivable securitization program, end of period
200
200
2021
$
2020
$
Trade accounts receivable sold to buyer as security
416
446
Short-term borrowings from buyer
(200)
(200)
Overcollateralization
216
246
11.
ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED LIABILITIES
2021
$
2020
$
Trade
112
82
Program rights
4
4
Accrued liabilities
521
541
Accrued network fees
117
129
Interest and dividends
210
217
Related parties (note 29)
24
26
988
999
98
Shaw Communications Inc. 2021 Annual Report

12.
PROVISIONS
Asset retirement
obligations
$
Restructuring (1)(2)
$
Other (3)
$
Total
$
Restated balance as at September 1, 2019
78
142
78
298
Additions
–
14
23
37
Accretion
1
–
–
1
Reversal
–
–
(1)
(1)
Payments
–
(143)
(11)
(154)
Balance as at August 31, 2020
79
13
89
181
Additions
–
14
13
27
Accretion
(2)
–
–
(2)
Reversal (3)
–
–
(58)
(58)
Payments
–
(25)
–
(25)
Balance as at August 31, 2021
77
2
44
123
Current
–
13
88
101
Long-term
79
–
1
80
Balance as at August 31, 2020
79
13
89
181
Current
–
2
44
46
Long-term
77
–
–
77
Balance as at August 31, 2021
77
2
44
123
(1) During fiscal 2018 the Company offered a voluntary departure program to a group of eligible employees as part of a total
business transformation initiative and in fiscal 2020 restructured certain operations within the Wireline segment and
announced a realignment of the senior leadership team. A total of $12 has been paid in fiscal 2021 relating to these
initiatives. The remaining $1 costs of are expected to be paid out within the next 5 months.
(2) During fiscal 2021, the Company made a number of changes to its organizational structure in an effort to streamline the
business, consolidate certain functions, and reduce redundancies between the Wireless and Wireline segments. In
connection with the restructuring, the Company recorded $1 in the third quarter, $1 in the second quarter and $12 in the
first quarter primarily related to severance and employee related costs, of which $13 has been paid as at August 31, 2021.
The remaining $1 costs are expected to be paid within the next 5 months.
(3) During the third quarter of fiscal 2021, the Company recorded a $20 reversal following the CRTC decision on final
aggregated Third Party Internet Access rates and a $35 reduction of the interest expense provision.
Consolidated Financial Statements Shaw Communications Inc.
99

13.
LONG-TERM DEBT
2021
2020
Effective
interest
rates
%
Long-term
debt at
amortized
cost (1)
$
Adjustment
for finance
costs (1)
$
Long-term
debt
repayable
at maturity
$
Long-term
debt at
amortized
cost (1)
$
Adjustment
for finance
costs (1)
$
Long-term
debt
repayable
at maturity
$
Corporate
Cdn fixed rate senior notes-
3.80% due November 2, 2023
3.80
499
1
500
498
2
500
4.35% due January 31, 2024
4.35
499
1
500
499
1
500
3.80% due March 1, 2027
3.84
299
1
300
298
2
300
4.40% due November 2, 2028
4.40
497
3
500
496
4
500
3.30% due December 10, 2029
3.41
496
4
500
495
5
500
2.90% due December 9, 2030
2.92
496
4
500
496
4
500
6.75% due November 9, 2039
6.89
1,421
29
1,450
1,421
29
1,450
4.25% due December 9, 2049
4.33
296
4
300
296
4
300
4,503
47
4,550
4,499
51
4,550
Other
Burrard Landing Lot 2
Holdings Partnership
Various
47
–
47
49
–
49
Total consolidated debt
4,550
47
4,597
4,548
51
4,599
Less current portion (2)
1
–
1
1
–
1
4,549
47
4,596
4,547
51
4,598
(1) Long-term debt is presented net of unamortized discounts and finance costs.
(2) Current portion of long-term debt includes amounts due within one year in respect of the Burrard Landing loans.
Corporate
Bank loans
The Company has an unsecured $1.5 billion bank credit facility, which includes a maximum revolving term or swingline facility
of $50, with a syndicate of banks which matures in December 2024. The facility can be used for working capital and general
corporate purposes.
The terms of the Arrangement Agreement require that the Company maintain sufficient liquidity to pay an $800 million
termination fee payable by Shaw in certain circumstances.
Funds are available to the Company in both Canadian and US dollars. At August 31, 2021, $4 (2020 – $3) has been drawn as
committed letters of credit against the revolving term facility. Interest rates fluctuate with Canadian prime and bankers’
acceptance rates, US bank base rates and LIBOR rates. Excluding the revolving term facility, the effective interest rate on
actual borrowings under the credit facility during 2021 was nil (2020 – 2.81%). The effective interest rate on the revolving
term facility for 2021 was 3.62% (2020 – 4.05%).
Senior notes
The senior notes are unsecured obligations and rank equally and rateably with all existing and future senior indebtedness. The
fixed rate notes are redeemable at the Company’s option at any time, in whole or in part, prior to maturity at 100% of the
principal amount plus a make-whole premium.
Other
Burrard Landing Lot 2 Holdings Partnership
The Company has a 33.33% interest in the Partnership which built the Shaw Tower project with office/retail space and living/
working space in Vancouver, BC. In the fall of 2004, the commercial construction of the building was completed and in
February 2014, the Partnership refinanced its debt. The Partnership received a mortgage loan and used the proceeds to prepay
100
Shaw Communications Inc. 2021 Annual Report

the outstanding balance of the previous mortgage and loan excess funds to each of its partners. The mortgage loan matures on
November 1, 2024 and bears interest at 4.683% compounded semi-annually with interest only payable for the first five years.
Interest and principal payments commenced on April 1, 2019. The mortgage loan is collateralized by the property and the
commercial rental income from the building with no recourse to the Company.
In February 2018, the Partnership received an additional mortgage loan of $30 and used the proceeds to loan excess funds to
each of its partners, of which the Company received $10. The additional loan matures on November 1, 2024 and bears interest
at 4.14% compounded semi-annually. Monthly mortgage payments consist of both principal and interest components.
Debt covenants
The Company and its subsidiaries have undertaken to maintain certain covenants in respect of the credit agreements and trust
indentures described above. The Company and its subsidiaries were in compliance with these covenants at August 31, 2021.
Long-term debt repayments
Mandatory principal repayments on all long-term debt in each of the next five years and thereafter are as follows:
$
2022
1
2023
1
2024
1,001
2025
44
2026
–
Thereafter
3,550
4,597
Interest expense
2021
$
2020
$
Interest expense – long-term debt
223
224
Amortization of senior notes discounts
1
1
Interest income – short-term (net)
(4)
(7)
Interest on lease liabilities (note 14)
45
44
Interest expense – other (1)
(34)
12
231
274
(1) Interest expense – other includes a $35 million reduction of tax related interest expense resulting from a revision of
liabilities for uncertain tax positions that became statute barred in the period.
14. LEASES
Below is a summary of the activity related to the Company’s right-of-use assets for the years ended August 31, 2021 and 2020.
$
Net book value as at September 1, 2019
1,340
Additions
59
Amortization
(141)
Lease terminations and other
(12)
Net book value as at August 31, 2020
1,246
Additions
114
Amortization
(139)
Lease terminations and other
(28)
Net book value as at August 31, 2021
1,193
Consolidated Financial Statements Shaw Communications Inc.
101

Below is a summary of the activity related to the Company’s lease liabilities for the years ended August 31, 2021 and 2020.
$
Balance as at September 1, 2019
1,324
Net additions
55
Interest on lease liabilities
44
Interest payments on lease liabilities
(44)
Principal payments of lease liabilities
(112)
Other
3
Balance as at August 31, 2020
1,270
Net additions
85
Interest on lease liabilities
45
Interest payments on lease liabilities
(45)
Principal payments of lease liabilities
(110)
Other
–
Balance as at August 31, 2021
1,245
Current
113
Long-term
1,157
Balance as at August 31, 2020
1,270
Current
110
Long-term
1,135
Balance as at August 31, 2021
1,245
Lease liabilities are subject to amortization schedules, which results in the principal being repaid over various periods,
including reasonably expected renewals. The weighted average interest rate on lease liabilities was approximately 3.55% as at
August 31, 2021. Refer to Note 30 for a maturity analysis of the Company’s lease liabilities.
The Company leases Ku-band and C-band transponders on the Anik F1R, Anik F2 and Anik G1 satellites. As part of the
Ku-band transponder agreements with Telesat Canada, the Company is committed to paying annual transponder maintenance
and licence fees for each transponder from the time the satellite becomes operational for a period of 15 years. As at August 31,
2021, the Company has recorded lease liabilities of $246 relating to these transponders.
Below is a summary of the Company’s other expenses related to leases included in operating, general and administrative
expenses.
2021
$
2020
$
Expenses related to variable lease components not included in lease liabilities
20
20
Expenses related to low-value leases
33
32
53
52
15.
OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES
2021
$
2020
$
Pension liabilities (note 28)
21
68
Post retirement liabilities (note 28)
5
4
26
72
102
Shaw Communications Inc. 2021 Annual Report

16. DEFERRED CREDITS
2021
$
2020
$
IRU prepayments
374
387
Equipment revenue
13
17
Deposit on future fibre sale
2
2
389
406
Amortization of deferred credits for 2021 amounted to $25 (2020 – $29) and was recorded in the accounts as described below.
IRU agreements are in place for periods ranging from 21 to 60 years and are being amortized to income over the agreement
periods. Amortization in respect of the IRU agreements for 2021 amounted to $13 (2020 – $13) and was recorded as other
amortization. Amortization of equipment revenue for 2021 amounted to $11 (2020 – $16).
17.
SHARE CAPITAL
Authorized
The Company is authorized to issue a limited number of Class A Shares of no par value, as described below; an unlimited
number of Class B Shares of no par value; an unlimited number of Class 1 Preferred Shares issuable in series; and an unlimited
number of Class 2 Preferred Shares issuable in series, of which 12,000,000 were designated Cumulative Redeemable Rate
Reset Class 2 Preferred Shares, Series A (“Series A Shares”) and 12,000,000 were designated Cumulative Redeemable
Floating Rate Class 2 Preferred Shares, Series B (“Series B Shares”).
The authorized number of Class A Shares is limited, subject to certain exceptions, to the lesser of that number of shares
(i) currently issued and outstanding and (ii) that may be outstanding after any conversion of Class A Shares into Class B Shares.
Issued and outstanding
2021
2020
2021
2020
Number of securities
$
$
22,372,064
22,372,064
Class A Shares
2
2
476,537,262
490,632,833
Class B Shares
4,197
4,307
–
10,012,393
Series A Shares
–
245
–
1,987,607
Series B Shares
–
48
498,909,326
525,004,897
4,199
4,602
Class A Shares and Class B Shares
Class A Shares are convertible at any time into an equivalent number of Class B Shares. In the event that a take-over bid is made
for Class A Shares, in certain circumstances, the Class B Shares are convertible into an equivalent number of Class A Shares.
Changes in Class A Share capital and Class B Share capital in 2021 and 2020 are as follows:
Class A Shares
Class B Shares
Number
$
Number
$
September 1, 2019
22,372,064
2
494,389,771
4,310
Stock option exercises
–
–
407,733
9
Dividend reinvestment plan
–
–
1,445,494
37
Restricted Share Units
–
–
4,507
–
Shares Repurchased
–
–
(5,614,672)
(49)
August 31, 2020
22,372,064
2
490,632,833
4,307
Stock option exercises
–
–
681,980
19
Restricted Share Units
–
–
6,423
–
Shares Repurchased
–
–
(14,783,974)
(129)
August 31, 2021
22,372,064
2
476,537,262
4,197
Consolidated Financial Statements Shaw Communications Inc.
103

Series A and B Shares
The Series A Shares and Series B Shares represented series of Class 2 Preferred Shares that were classified as equity since
redemption, at $25.00 per Series A Share and Series B Share, was at the Company’s option and payment of dividends was at
the Company’s discretion.
On June 30, 2021 (the “Redemption Date”), the Company redeemed all of its issued and outstanding Preferred Shares in
accordance with their terms (as set out in the Company’s articles) at a price equal to $25.00 per Preferred Share (the
“Redemption Price”), less any tax required to be deducted or withheld.
On the Redemption Date, there were 10,012,393 Series A Shares and 1,987,607 Series B Shares issued and outstanding.
Accordingly, the aggregate Redemption Price paid by Shaw on the Redemption Date to redeem the Preferred Shares was $300.
Share transfer restriction
The Articles of the Company empower the directors to refuse to issue or transfer any share of the Company that would
jeopardize or adversely affect the right of Shaw Communications Inc. or any subsidiary to obtain, maintain, amend or renew a
licence to operate a broadcasting undertaking pursuant to the Broadcasting Act (Canada).
Normal Course Issuer Bid
On November 2, 2020, the Company announced that it had received approval from the TSX to establish a normal course issuer
bid (NCIB) program. The program commenced on November 5, 2020 and will remain in effect until November 4, 2021. As
approved by the TSX, the Company has the ability to purchase for cancellation up to 24,532,404 Class B Shares representing
approximately 5% of all of the issued and outstanding Class B Shares as at October 22, 2020.
During the year ended August 31, 2021, the Company purchased 14,783,974 Class B Shares for cancellation for a total cost
of approximately $336 under the NCIB program. The average book value of the shares repurchased was $8.77 per share and
was charged to share capital. The excess of the market price over the average book value, including transaction costs, was
approximately $207 and was charged to retained earnings.
In connection with the announcement of the Transaction on March 15, 2021 (as discussed in more detail in Note 1), the
Company suspended share buybacks under its NCIB program.
Dividend Reinvestment Plan
On October 24, 2019, in accordance with the terms of our Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRIP), the Company announced that
in lieu of issuing shares from treasury, it will satisfy its share delivery obligations under the DRIP by purchasing Class B Shares
on the open market. In addition, the Company reduced its discount from 2% to 0% for the Class B Shares delivered under the
DRIP. These changes to the DRIP were applied to the dividends payable on November 28, 2019 to shareholders of record on
November 15, 2019 and all other dividends payable thereafter.
18. SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION AND AWARDS
Stock option plan
Under the Company’s stock option plan, directors, officers, employees, and consultants are eligible to receive stock options to
acquire Class B Shares with terms not to exceed ten years from the date of grant and for such number of Class B Shares as the
Board, or a committee thereof, determines in its discretion. An option is not immediately exercisable, but rather is exercisable on
vesting dates determined by the Board from time to time. The Company’s current practice is to award options for terms of ten years
with 20% of the options in a grant vesting on each of the first through fifth anniversaries of the grant date. The Board, or a
committee thereof, may grant options at an exercise price not less than the closing price of the Class B Shares on the TSX on the
trading day immediately preceding the date on which the options are granted. The maximum number of Class B Shares issuable
under the plan may not exceed 62,000,000. As at August 31, 2021, 40,319,392 Class B Shares have been issued under the plan.
104
Shaw Communications Inc. 2021 Annual Report

The changes in options are as follows:
2021
2020
Number
Weighted
average
exercise
price
$
Number
Weighted
average
exercise
price
$
Outstanding, beginning of year
7,358,130
26.36
8,363,031
26.11
Granted
1,423,000
21.82
84,000
26.88
Forfeited
(599,260)
26.33
(681,168)
26.65
Exercised(1)
(681,980)
25.84
(407,733)
21.57
Outstanding, end of year
7,499,890
25.56
7,358,130
26.36
(1) The weighted average Class B Share price for the options exercised for the year ended August 31, 2021 was $33.67 (2020
– $25.60).
The following table summarizes information about the options outstanding at August 31, 2021:
Options outstanding
Options exerciseable
Range of prices
Number
outstanding
Weighted
average
remaining
contractual life
Weighted
average
exercise
price
Number
exercisable
Weighted
average
exercise
price
$19.75 to $22.76
1,485,575
8.79
21.80
67,575
21.28
$22.77 to $26.17
1,501,060
4.34
24.42
1,352,360
24.33
$26.18 to $26.32
1,540,595
6.10
26.28
971,695
26.27
$26.33 to $27.55
1,505,605
5.62
27.05
1,022,705
27.12
$27.56 to $30.87
1,467,055
5.46
28.27
1,134,755
28.33
The weighted average estimated fair value at the date of the grant for common share options granted for the year ended
August 31, 2021 was $1.42 (2020 – $1.83) per option. The fair value of each option granted was estimated on the date of the
grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions:
2021
2020
Dividend yield
5.43%
4.41%
Risk-free interest rate
0.50%
1.45%
Expected life of options
7 years
7 years
Expected volatility factor of the future expected market price of Class B Shares
20.00%
15.90%
Expected volatility has been estimated based on the historical share price volatility of the Company’s Class B Shares.
Restricted share unit plan and Performance share unit plan
The Company has an RSU/PSU plan which provides that RSUs may be granted to directors, officers and employees of the
Company and PSUs may be granted to officers and employees of the Company. Vested RSUs and PSUs will be settled in either
cash or Class B Shares as determined by the Human Resources and Compensation Committee at the time of the grant. The
cash payout will be based on the market value of a Class B Share at the time of the payout. When cash dividends are paid on
Class B Shares, holders are credited with additional RSUs or PSUs, as applicable, equal to the dividend.
For PSUs, the performance criteria is set by the Human Resources and Compensation Committee at the time of the grant, and
typically requires the achievement of a minimum level of performance, otherwise the payout is zero, while maximum
performance is capped at 150%. On settlement of vested PSUs, the number of Class B Shares issued or delivered, or the
amount of cash payment will be multiplied by the applicable performance factor.
During 2021, $22 was recognized as compensation expense (2020 – $9). The carrying value and intrinsic value of combined
RSUs and PSUs at August 31, 2021 was $30 and $30, respectively (August 31, 2020 – $12 and $12, respectively).
Consolidated Financial Statements Shaw Communications Inc.
105

Deferred share unit plan
The Company has a DSU plan for its Board of Directors whereby directors may elect to receive their annual cash compensation,
or a portion thereof, in DSUs and/or RSUs, provided that any director who has not met the applicable share ownership guideline
is generally required to elect to receive at least 50% of his or her annual compensation in DSUs and/or RSUs. In addition, the
Company may adjust and/or supplement directors’ compensation with periodic grants of DSUs. A DSU is a right that tracks the
value of one Class B Share. Holders will be entitled to a cash payout when they cease to be a director. The cash payout will be
based on market value of a Class B Share at the time of payout. When cash dividends are paid on Class B Shares, holders are
credited with DSUs equal to the dividend. DSUs do not have voting rights as there are no shares underlying the plan.
During 2021, $11 was recognized as compensation expense (2020 – $2). The carrying value and intrinsic value of DSUs at
August 31, 2021 was $35 and $33, respectively (August 31, 2020 – $24 and $20, respectively).
Employee share purchase plan
Generally, all Canadian, non-unionized, full time or part time employees of the Company are eligible to enroll in the ESPP.
Under the ESPP, eligible employees may contribute to a maximum of 5% of their monthly base compensation. The Company
contributes an amount equal to 25% of the employee’s contributions, increasing to 33% once an employee reaches 10 years of
continuous service.
During 2021, $5 was recorded as compensation expense (2020 – $5).
19. EARNINGS PER SHARE
Earnings per share calculations are as follows:
2021
2020
Numerator for basic and diluted earnings per share ($)
Net income
986
688
Deduct: dividends on Preferred Shares
(7)
(9)
Net income attributable to common shareholders
979
679
Denominator (millions of shares)
Weighted average number of Class A Shares and Class B Shares for basic earnings per share
504
515
Effect of dilutive securities(1)
1
–
Weighted average number of Class A Shares and Class B Shares for diluted earnings per share
505
515
Basic and diluted earnings per share ($)
1.94
1.32
(1) The earnings per share calculation does not take into consideration the potential dilutive effect of certain stock options since
their impact is anti-dilutive. For the year ended August 31, 2021, 174,031 options were excluded from the diluted earnings
per share calculation (2020 – 6,380,558).
20. DIVIDENDS
Common share dividends
The holders of Class A Shares and Class B Shares are entitled to receive such dividends as the Board of Directors determines to
declare on a share-for-share basis, as and when any such dividends are declared or paid. The holders of Class B Shares are
entitled to receive during each dividend period, in priority to the payment of dividends on the Class A Shares, an additional
dividend amount of $0.0025 per share per annum. This additional dividend amount is subject to proportionate adjustment in
the event of future consolidations or subdivisions of shares and in the event of any issue of shares by way of stock dividend.
After payment or setting aside for payment of the additional non-cumulative dividends on the Class B Shares, holders of Class A
Shares and Class B Shares participate equally, share for share, as to all subsequent dividends declared.
Preferred share dividends
Holders of the Series A Shares were entitled to receive, as and when declared by the Company’s Board of Directors, a
cumulative quarterly fixed dividend yielding 4.50% annually for the initial period ending June 30, 2016. Commencing
106
Shaw Communications Inc. 2021 Annual Report

June 30, 2016, the dividend rate was reset to 2.791% for the five year period ending June 30, 2021. Thereafter, the dividend
rate was to be reset every five years at a rate equal to the then current 5-year Government of Canada bond yield plus 2.00%.
Holders of Series A Shares had the right, at their option, to convert their shares into Series B Shares, subject to certain
conditions, on June 30, 2016 and on June 30 every five years thereafter. As noted in note 17, the Company redeemed all of
the Series A Shares on June 30, 2021.
On June 30, 2016, 1,987,607 Series A Shares were converted into an equal number of Series B Shares. The Series B Shares
also represented a series of Class 2 preferred shares and holders were entitled to receive cumulative quarterly dividends, as and
when declared by the Company’s Board of Directors, at a rate set quarterly equal to the then current three-month Government of
Canada Treasury Bill yield plus 2.00%. The floating quarterly dividend rate for the Series B Shares were set as follows:
Period
Annual Dividend Rate
June 30, 2016 to September 29, 2016
2.539%
September 30, 2016 to December 30, 2016
2.512%
December 31, 2016 to March 30, 2017
2.509%
March 31, 2017 to June 29, 2017
2.480%
June 30, 2017 to September 29, 2017
2.529%
September 30, 2017 to December 30, 2017
2.742%
December 31, 2017 to March 30, 2018
2.872%
March 31, 2018 to June 29, 2018
3.171%
June 30, 2018 to September 29, 2018
3.300%
September 30, 2018 to December 30, 2018
3.509%
December 31, 2018 to March 30, 2019
3.713%
March 31, 2019 to June 29, 2019
3.682%
June 30, 2019 to September 29, 2019
3.687%
September 30, 2019 to December 30, 2019
3.638%
December 31, 2019 to March 30, 2020
3.652%
March 31, 2020 to June 29, 2020
3.638%
June 30, 2020 to September 29, 2020
2.255%
September 30, 2020 to December 30, 2020
2.149%
December 1, 2020 to March 30, 2021
2.109%
March 31, 2021 to June 29, 2021
2.073%
As noted in note 17, the Company redeemed all of the Series B Shares on June 30, 2021 and accordingly, the final dividends
on the Preferred Shares were paid by Shaw on the Redemption Date.
Dividend reinvestment plan
The Company has a DRIP that allows holders of Class A Shares and Class B Shares who are residents of Canada and, effective
December 16, 2016, the United States, to automatically reinvest monthly cash dividends to acquire additional Class B Shares.
For the two-month period ended October 30, 2019, Class B Shares distributed under the Company’s DRIP were new shares
issued from treasury at a 2% discount from the 5 day weighted average market price immediately preceding the applicable
dividend payment date.
On October 25, 2019, in accordance with the terms of its DRIP, the Company announced that in lieu of issuing shares from
treasury, it will satisfy its share delivery obligations under the DRIP by purchasing Class B Shares on the open market. In
addition, the Company reduced its discount from 2% to 0% for the Class B Shares delivered under the DRIP. These changes to
the DRIP applied to the dividends payable on November 28, 2019 to shareholders of record on November 15, 2019 and all
other dividends payable thereafter.
Consolidated Financial Statements Shaw Communications Inc.
107

Dividends declared
The dividends per share recognized as distributions to common shareholders for dividends declared during the year ended
August 31, 2021 and 2020 are as follows:
2021
2020
Class A Voting Share
Class B Share
Class A Voting Share
Class B Share
1.1825
1.1850
1.1825
1.1850
The dividends per share recognized as distributions to preferred shareholders for dividends declared during the year ended
August 31, 2020 and 2019 are as follows:
2021
2020
Series A Share
Series B Share
Series A Share
Series B Share
0.5233
0.3957
0.6978
0.8240
On October 29, 2021, the Company declared dividends of $0.098542 per Class A Share and $0.09875 per Class B Share
payable on each of December 30, 2021, January 28, 2022 and February 25, 2022 to shareholders of record at the close of
business on December 15, 2021, January 14, 2022 and February 15, 2022, respectively.
21.
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) AND ACCUMULATED OTHER
COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
Components of other comprehensive income and the related income tax effects for 2021 are as follows:
Amount
$
Income
taxes
$
Net
$
Items that may subsequently be reclassified to income
Change in unrealized fair value of derivatives designated as cash flow hedges
(1)
–
(1)
Adjustment for hedged items recognized in the period
6
(1)
5
5
(1)
4
Items that will not be subsequently reclassified to income
Remeasurements on employee benefit plans:
48
(12)
36
53
(13)
40
Components of other comprehensive income and the related income tax effects for 2020 are as follows:
Amount
$
Income
taxes
$
Net
$
Items that may subsequently be reclassified to income
Change in unrealized fair value of derivatives designated as cash flow hedges
(5)
1
(4)
Adjustment for hedged items recognized in the period
(3)
1
(2)
(8)
2
(6)
Items that will not be subsequently reclassified to income
Remeasurements on employee benefit plans:
2
(1)
1
(6)
1
(5)
108
Shaw Communications Inc. 2021 Annual Report

Accumulated other comprehensive loss is comprised of the following:
2021
$
2020
$
Items that may subsequently be reclassified to income
Change in unrealized fair value of derivatives designated as cash flow hedges
(1)
(5)
Items that will not be subsequently reclassified to income
Remeasurements on employee benefit plans:
(58)
(94)
(59)
(99)
22. REVENUE
Contract assets and liabilities
The table below provides a reconciliation of the significant changes to the current and long-term portion of contract assets and
liabilities balances during the year.
Contract
Assets
Contract
Liabilities
August 31, 2019
158
238
Increase in contract assets from revenue recognized during the period
200
–
Contract assets transferred to trade receivables
(170)
–
Contract terminations transferred to trade receivables
(16)
–
Revenue recognized included in contract liabilities at the beginning of the year
–
(231)
Increase in contract liabilities during the period
–
218
August 31, 2020
172
225
Increase in contract assets from revenue recognized during the period
140
–
Contract assets transferred to trade receivables
(171)
–
Contract terminations transferred to trade receivables
(16)
–
Revenue recognized included in contract liabilities at the beginning of the year
–
(219)
Increase in contract liabilities during the period
–
222
August 31, 2021
125
228
Contract
Assets
Contract
Liabilities
Current
132
211
Long-term
40
14
Balance as at August 31, 2020
172
225
Current
97
213
Long-term
28
15
Balance as at August 31, 2021
125
228
Consolidated Financial Statements Shaw Communications Inc.
109

Deferred commission cost assets
The table below provides a summary of the changes in the deferred commission cost assets recognized from the incremental
costs incurred to obtain contracts with customers during the year ended August 31, 2021 and 2020. We believe these amounts
to be recoverable through the revenue earned from the related contracts. The deferred commission cost assets are presented
within other current assets (when they will be amortized into net income within twelve months of the date of the financial
statements) or other long-term assets.
August 31, 2019
94
Additions to deferred commission cost assets
84
Amortization recognized on deferred commission cost assets
(80)
August 31, 2020
98
Additions to deferred commission cost assets
75
Amortization recognized on deferred commission cost assets
(81)
August 31, 2021
92
Current
61
Long-term
37
Balance as at August 31, 2020
98
Current
59
Long-term
33
Balance as at August 31, 2021
92
Commission costs are amortized over a period ranging from 24 to 36 months.
Disaggregation of revenue
2021
$
2020
$
Services
Wireline – Consumer
3,665
3,683
Wireline – Business
584
567
Wireless
891
815
5,140
5,065
Equipment and other
Wireless
381
351
381
351
Intersegment eliminations
(12)
(9)
Total revenue
5,509
5,407
110
Shaw Communications Inc. 2021 Annual Report

Remaining performance obligations
The following table includes revenues expected to be recognized in the future related to performance obligations that are
unsatisfied (or partially unsatisfied) as at August 31, 2021:
Within
1 year
Within
2 years
Within
3 years
Within
4 years
Within
5 years
Thereafter
Total
Wireline
1,583
742
151
77
30
2
2,585
Wireless
348
101
–
–
–
–
449
Total
1,931
843
151
77
30
2
3,034
When estimating minimum transaction prices allocated to the remaining unfilled, or partially unfulfilled, performance
obligations, Shaw applied the practical expedient to not disclose information about remaining performance obligations that have
original expected duration of one year or less and for those contracts where we bill the same value as that which is transferred
to the customer. The estimated amounts disclosed are based upon contractual terms and maturities. Revenues recognized
based on actual minimum transaction price, and the timing thereof, will differ from these estimates due to the frequency with
which the actual durations of contracts with customers do not match their contractual maturities.
23. OPERATING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES AND RESTRUCTURING
COSTS
2021
$
2020
$
Employee salaries and benefits (1)
664
657
Purchases of goods and services
2,359
2,373
3,023
3,030
(1) For the year ended August 31, 2021, employee salaries and benefits include restructuring costs of $14 (2020 – $14).
24. OTHER GAINS (LOSSES)
2021
$
2020
$
Gain on disposal of fixed assets and intangibles
3
(3)
Costs associated with Rogers Transaction
(23)
–
Debt Redemption Penalty
–
(17)
Fair value adjustment of private investments
27
–
Other (1)
(9)
4
(2)
(16)
(1) Other gains (losses) generally includes realized and unrealized foreign exchange gains and losses on US dollar denominated
current assets and liabilities and the Company’s share of the operations of Burrard Landing Lot 2 Holdings Partnership.
25. INCOME TAXES
Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities
for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. The Company’s net deferred tax liability
consists of the following:
2021
$
2020
$
Deferred tax assets
2
1
Deferred tax liabilities
(1,998) (1,968)
Net deferred tax liability
(1,996) (1,967)
Consolidated Financial Statements Shaw Communications Inc.
111

Significant changes recognized to deferred income tax assets (liabilities) are as follows:
Property,
plant and
equipment
and
software
assets
$
Broadcast
rights,
licences,
customer
relationships,
trademark
and brands
$
Partnership
income
$
Non-
capital
loss
carry-
forwards
$
Accrued
charges
$
Capital Loss
Carry-
Forwards
$
Total
$
Balance at August 31, 2019
(299)
(1,626)
(32)
93
(7)
–
(1,871)
Recognized in statement of income
(51)
(10)
21
13
(32)
–
(59)
Effect of IFRS 16 adoption
(4)
–
–
–
4
–
–
Effect of IFRIC 23 adoption
(40)
2
–
–
–
–
(38)
Recognized in other comprehensive
income
–
–
–
–
1
–
1
Balance at August 31, 2020
(394)
(1,634)
(11)
106
(34)
–
(1,967)
Recognized in statement of income
(18)
(16)
(62)
56
21
3
(16)
Recognized in other comprehensive
income
–
–
–
–
(13)
–
(13)
Balance at August 31, 2021
(412)
(1,650)
(73)
162
(26)
3
(1,996)
The Company has capital loss carryforwards of approximately $27 for which no deferred income tax asset has been recognized
in the accounts. These capital losses can be carried forward indefinitely.
The Company has taxable temporary differences associated with its investment in its subsidiaries. No deferred tax liabilities
have been provided with respect to such temporary differences as the Company is able to control the timing of the reversal and
such reversal is not probable in the foreseeable future.
The income tax expense differs from the amount computed by applying the statutory rates to income before income taxes for
the following reasons:
2021
2020
Current statutory income tax rate
25.5%
26.3%
Income tax expense at current statutory rates
263
228
Net increase (decrease) in taxes resulting from:
Recognition of previously unrecognized tax losses
(81)
(22)
Revision to liabilities for uncertain tax positions
(125)
–
Other
(11)
(27)
Income tax expense
46
179
The statutory income tax rate for the Company decreased from 26.3% in 2020 to 25.5% in 2021 as a result of provincial tax
rate changes.
The components of income tax expense are as follows:
2021
$
2020
$
Current income tax expense
155
120
Current tax recovery from revision to liabilities for uncertain tax positions
(125)
–
Deferred tax expense related to temporary differences
97
81
Deferred tax recovery from the recognition of previously unrecognized tax losses
(81)
(22)
Income tax expense
46
179
112
Shaw Communications Inc. 2021 Annual Report

26. BUSINESS SEGMENT INFORMATION
The Company’s chief operating decision makers are the Executive Chair & Chief Executive Officer, the President, and the
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial & Corporate Development Officer and they review the operating performance of the
Company by segments, which are comprised of Wireline and Wireless. The chief operating decision makers utilize adjusted
earnings before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization (“adjusted EBITDA”) for each segment as a key measure
in making operating decisions and assessing performance.
The Wireline segment provides Cable telecommunications services including Video, Internet, WiFi, Phone, Satellite Video and
data networking through a national fibre-optic backbone network to Canadian consumers, North American businesses and
public-sector entities. The Wireless segment provides wireless services for voice and data communications serving customers in
Ontario, British Columbia and Alberta through Freedom Mobile and in British Columbia and Alberta through Shaw Mobile.
Both of the Company’s reportable segments are substantially located in Canada. Information on operations by segment is as
follows:
2021
$
2020
$
Revenue
Wireline
4,249
4,250
Wireless
1,272
1,166
5,521
5,416
Intersegment eliminations
(12)
(9)
5,509
5,407
Adjusted EBITDA (1)
Wireline
2,107
2,054
Wireless
393
337
2,500
2,391
Restructuring costs
(14)
(14)
Amortization
(1,219) (1,217)
Operating income
1,267
1,160
Interest
Operating
228
267
Other/non-operating
3
7
231
274
Current taxes (2)
Operating
155
113
Other/non-operating
(125)
7
30
120
(1) Adjusted EBITDA does not have any standardized meaning prescribed by IFRS and is therefore unlikely to be comparable to
similar measures presented by other issuers; the Company defines adjusted EBITDA as revenues less operating, general and
administrative expenses.
(2) Current taxes are lower for the year ended August 31, 2021 due mainly to a revision to liabilities for uncertain tax positions
that became statute barred in the period of $125.
Consolidated Financial Statements Shaw Communications Inc.
113

Capital expenditures
2021
$
2020
$
Capital expenditures accrual basis
Wireline
701
784
Wireless
280
296
981
1,080
Equipment costs (net of revenue)
Wireline
22
31
Capital expenditures and equipment costs (net)
Wireline
723
815
Wireless
280
296
1,003
1,111
Reconciliation to Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Additions to property, plant and equipment
858
970
Additions to equipment costs (net)
21
31
Additions to other intangibles
138
150
Total of capital expenditures and equipment costs (net) per Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
1,017
1,151
Increase (decrease) in working capital and other liabilities related to capital expenditures
7
(38)
Less: Proceeds on disposal of property, plant and equipment
(21)
(2)
Total capital expenditures and equipment costs (net) reported by segments
1,003
1,111
27. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Commitments
The Company has the following future minimum payments for their contractual commitments that are not recognized as
liabilities as at August 31, 2021:
Purchase
Obligations (1)
Property,
Plant and
Equipment
Within one year
420
157
1 to 3 years
297
9
3 to 5 years
174
–
Over 5 years
111
–
1,002
166
(1) Includes contractual obligations under service, product, and wireless device contracts, program related agreements and
exclusive rights to use intellectual property in Canada.
Contingencies
The Company and its subsidiaries are involved in litigation matters arising in the ordinary course and conduct of its business.
Although resolution of such matters cannot be predicted with certainty, management does not consider the Company’s exposure
to litigation to be material to these consolidated financial statements.
Guarantees
In the normal course of business the Company enters into indemnification agreements and has issued irrevocable standby
letters of credit and commercial surety bonds with and to third parties.
114
Shaw Communications Inc. 2021 Annual Report

Indemnities
Many agreements related to acquisitions and dispositions of business assets include indemnification provisions where the
Company may be required to make payment to a vendor or purchaser for breach of contractual terms of the agreement with
respect to matters such as litigation, income taxes payable or refundable or other ongoing disputes. The indemnification period
usually covers a period of two to four years. Also, in the normal course of business, the Company has provided indemnifications
in various commercial agreements, customary for the telecommunications industry, which may require payment by the Company
for breach of contractual terms of the agreement. Counterparties to these agreements provide the Company with comparable
indemnifications. The indemnification period generally covers, at maximum, the period of the applicable agreement plus the
applicable limitations period under law.
The maximum potential amount of future payments that the Company would be required to make under these indemnification
agreements is not reasonably quantifiable as certain indemnifications are not subject to limitation. However, the Company
enters into indemnification agreements only when an assessment of the business circumstances would indicate that the risk of
loss is remote. At August 31, 2021, management believes it is remote that the indemnification provisions would require any
material cash payment.
The Company indemnifies its directors and officers against any and all claims or losses reasonably incurred in the performance
of their service to the Company to the extent permitted by law.
Irrevocable standby letters of credit and commercial surety bonds
The Company and certain of its subsidiaries have granted irrevocable standby letters of credit and commercial surety bonds,
issued by high rated financial institutions, to third parties to indemnify them in the event the Company does not perform its
contractual obligations. As of August 31, 2021, such instruments amounted to $4. The Company has not recorded any additional
liability with respect to these instruments, as the Company does not expect to make any payments in excess of what is recorded
on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. The instruments mature at various dates during fiscal 2022 to fiscal 2023.
28. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
Defined contribution pension plans
The Company has defined contribution pension plans for its non-union employees and, for the majority of these employees,
contributes 5% of eligible earnings to the maximum amount deductible under the Income Tax Act. Effective January 1, 2019,
the Company introduced a voluntary pension contribution matching program whereby, in addition to the 5% of Company
contributions, employees who make voluntary contributions will receive a 25% match on contributions up to 5% of their eligible
earnings. For union employees, the Company contributes amounts up to 9.8% of earnings to the individuals’ registered
retirement savings plans. Total pension costs in respect of these plans were $30 (2020 – $31) of which $23 (2020 – $24) was
expensed and the remainder capitalized.
Defined benefit pension plans
The Company has two non-registered retirement plans for designated executives and senior executives. The following is a
summary of the accrued benefit liabilities recognized in the consolidated statements of financial position.
2021
$
2020
$
Non-registered plans
Accrued benefit obligation
489
513
Fair value of plan assets
468
445
Accrued benefit liabilities and deficit
21
68
The plans expose the Company to a number of risks, of which the most significant are as follows:
(i) Volatility in market conditions: The accrued benefit obligations are calculated using discount rates with reference to bond
yields closely matching the term of the estimated cash flows while many of the assets are invested in other types of assets. If
plan assets underperform these yields, this will result in a deficiency. Changing market conditions in conjunction with discount
rate volatility will result in volatility of the accrued benefit liabilities. To mitigate some of the investment risk, the Company has
established long-term funding targets where the time horizon and risk tolerance are specified.
Consolidated Financial Statements Shaw Communications Inc.
115

(ii) Selection of accounting assumptions: The calculation of the accrued benefit obligations involves projecting future cash flows
of the plans over a long time frame. This means that assumptions used can have a material impact on the consolidated
statements of financial position and comprehensive income because in practice, future experience of the plans may not be in
line with the selected assumptions.
Non-registered pension plans
The Company provides a supplemental executive retirement plan (SERP) for certain of its senior executives and retirees.
Benefits under this plan are based on the employees’ length of service and their highest three-year average rate of eligible
pensionable earnings during their years of service. In 2012, the Company closed the plan to new participants and amended the
plan to freeze base salary levels at August 31, 2012 for purposes of determining eligible pensionable earnings. Employees are
not required to contribute to this plan.
The Company provides an executive retirement plan (ERP) for certain executives not covered by the SERP. Benefits under this
plan are comprised of defined contribution and defined benefit components and are based on the employees’ length of service
as well as final average earnings during their years of service. Employees are not required to contribute to this plan.
The table below shows the change in benefit obligation and funding status and the fair value of plan assets.
SERP
$
ERP
$
2021
Total
$
SERP
$
ERP
$
2020
Total
$
Accrued benefit obligation, beginning of year
477
36
513
478
27
505
Current service cost
–
9
9
2
9
11
Interest cost
13
1
14
14
1
15
Payment of benefits to employees
(20)
(2)
(22)
(19)
(2)
(21)
Transfer from DC plan
–
1
1
–
1
1
Remeasurements:
Effect of changes in demographic assumptions
–
–
–
16
–
16
Effect of changes in financial assumptions
(24)
(3)
(27)
13
1
14
Effect of experience adjustments
1
–
1
(27)
(1)
(28)
Accrued benefit obligation, end of year
447
42
489
477
36
513
Fair value of plan assets, beginning of year
415
30
445
417
19
436
Employer contributions
–
10
10
–
12
12
Interest income
11
–
11
12
1
13
Transfer from DC plan
–
1
1
–
1
1
Payment of benefits
(20)
(2)
(22)
(19)
(2)
(21)
Return on plan assets, excluding interest income
22
1
23
5
(1)
4
Fair value of plan assets, end of year
428
40
468
415
30
445
Accrued benefit liability and plan deficit, end of year
19
2
21
62
6
68
The weighted average duration of the defined benefit obligation of the SERP and ERP at August 31, 2021 is 14.5 years and
15.9 years, respectively.
The underlying plan assets of the SERP and ERP at August 31, 2021 are invested in the following:
SERP
ERP
Cash and cash equivalents
199
25
Fixed income securities
69
5
Equity securities – Canadian
52
4
Equity securities – Foreign
108
6
428
40
116
Shaw Communications Inc. 2021 Annual Report

All fixed income and equity securities have a quoted price in active market.
The tables below show the significant weighted-average assumptions used to measure the pension obligation and cost for the
plans.
Accrued benefit obligation
2021
SERP
%
2021
ERP
%
2020
SERP
%
2020
ERP
%
Discount rate
3.10
3.10
2.70
2.70
Rate of compensation increase
3.00(1)
3.00
3.00(1)
3.00
Benefit cost for the year
2021
SERP
%
2021
ERP
%
2020
SERP
%
2020
ERP
%
Discount rate
2.70
2.70
2.90
2.90
Rate of compensation increase
3.00(1)
3.00
3.00(1)
3.00
(1) Applies only to incentive compensation component of eligible pensionable earnings.
The calculation of the accrued benefit obligation is sensitive to the assumptions above. A one percentage point decrease in the
discount rate would have increased the accrued benefit obligation at August 31, 2021 by $72. A one percentage point increase
in the rate of compensation increase would have increased the accrued benefit obligation by $2.
When calculating the sensitivity of the defined benefit obligation to significant actuarial assumptions, the present value of the
defined benefit obligation has been calculated using the projected benefit method which is the same method that is applied in
calculating the defined benefit liability recognized in the consolidated statements of financial position. The sensitivity analysis
presented above may not be representative of the actual change in the accrued benefit obligation as it is unlikely that the
change in assumptions would occur in isolation of one another as some assumptions may be correlated.
The net pension benefit plan expense, which is included in employee salaries and benefits expense, is comprised of the
following components:
SERP
ERP
2021
Total
SERP
ERP
2020
Total
Current service cost
–
9
9
2
9
11
Interest cost
13
1
14
14
1
15
Interest income
(11)
–
(11)
(12)
(1)
(13)
Pension expense
2
10
12
4
9
13
Other benefit plans
The Company has post-employment benefits plans that provide post-retirement health and life insurance coverage to certain
executive level retirees and are funded on a pay-as-you-go basis. The table below shows the change in the accrued post-
retirement obligation which is recognized in the consolidated statements of financial position.
2021
2020
Accrued benefit obligation and plan deficit, beginning of year
4
4
Current service cost
–
–
Interest cost
–
–
Payment of benefits to employees
–
–
Remeasurements:
Effect of changes in demographic assumptions
1
–
Effect of changes in financial assumptions
(1)
–
Effect of experience adjustments
1
–
Accrued benefit obligation and plan deficit, end of year
5
4
Consolidated Financial Statements Shaw Communications Inc.
117

The weighted average duration of the benefit obligation at August 31, 2021 is 16.7 years.
The post-retirement benefit plan expense, which is included in employee salaries and benefits expense, is $nil (2020 – $nil)
and is comprised of current service and interest cost.
The discount rates used to measure the post-retirement benefit cost for the year and the accrued benefit obligation as at
August 31, 2021 were 3.10% and 2.70%, respectively (2020 – 2.70% and 2.90%, respectively). A one percentage point
decrease in the discount rate would have increased the accrued benefit obligation at August 31, 2021 by $1.
Employer contributions
The Company’s estimated contributions to the defined benefit plans in fiscal 2022 is $nil.
29. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Controlling shareholder
Voting control of the Company is held by Shaw Family Living Trust (SFLT) and its subsidiaries. As at August 31, 2021, SFLT
and its subsidiaries held, directly or indirectly, or exercised control or direction over 17,662,400 Class A Shares, representing
approximately 79% of the issued and outstanding Class A Shares, for the benefit of the descendants of the late JR Shaw and
Carol Shaw. The sole trustee of SFLT is a private company controlled by a board consisting of seven directors, including as at
August 31, 2021, Bradley S. Shaw, four other members of his family, and two independent directors.
The Class A Shares are the only shares entitled to vote in all circumstances. Accordingly, SFLT and its subsidiaries are able to
elect a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company and to control the vote on matters submitted to a vote of the
Company’s Class A Shares.
Significant investments in subsidiaries
The following are the significant subsidiaries of the Company, all of which are incorporated or partnerships in Canada.
Ownership Interest
August 31,
2021
August 31,
2020
Shaw Cablesystems Limited
100%
100%
Shaw Cablesystems G.P.
100%
100%
Shaw Envision Inc.
100%
100%
Shaw Telecom Inc.
100%
100%
Shaw Telecom G.P.
100%
100%
Shaw Satellite Services Inc.
100%
100%
Star Choice Television Network Incorporated
100%
100%
Shaw Satellite G.P.
100%
100%
Freedom Mobile Inc.
100%
100%
Key management personnel and Board of Directors
Key management personnel consist of the most senior executive team and along with the Board of Directors, and have the
authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of the Company.
118
Shaw Communications Inc. 2021 Annual Report

Compensation
The compensation expense of key management personnel and Board of Directors is as follows:
2021
$
2020
$
Short-term employee benefits
20
17
Post-employment pension benefits
7
3
Termination benefits
–
11
Share-based compensation
22
6
49
37
Transactions
The Company paid $2 (2020 – $2) for collection, installation, and maintenance services to a company controlled by a Director
of the Company.
During the year, the Company paid $4 (2020 – $10) for remote control units to a supplier where Directors of the Company hold
positions on the supplier’s board of directors.
At August 31, 2021, the Company had $nil owing in respect of these transactions (2020 – $1).
During the year, network fees of $24 (2020 – $27) were paid to a programmer where a Director of the Company holds a
position on the programmer’s board of directors.
At August 31, 2021, the Company had $4 owing in respect of these transactions (2020 – $4).
In fiscal 2019, the Company completed the sale of a non-core parcel of land and the building located thereon (the “Property”),
to an affiliate of SFLT (the “Purchaser”). As part of the transaction, the Purchaser agreed to lease back the Property to the
Company for a term of three years at market rental rates (which was also based on appraisals from the two independent
valuators) allowing the Company to monetize a non-core asset. The transaction was approved by the independent Board
members of the Company. At August 31, 2021, the Company had a remaining lease liability of $nil (2020 - $1) in respect of
this lease which is included in the amounts disclosed in Note 14.
Other related parties
The Company has entered into certain transactions and agreements in the normal course of business with certain of its related
parties. These transactions are measured at the exchange amount, which is the amount of consideration established and agreed
to by the related parties.
Corus
The Company and Corus are subject to common voting control. During the year, network fees of $116 (2020 – $121),
advertising fees of $5 (2020 – $6), and administrative fees of $1 (2020 – $1) were paid to various Corus subsidiaries and
entities subject to significant influence. In addition, the Company provided administrative, advertising and other services for $1
(2020 – $1), uplink of television signals for $4 (2020 – $5), and Internet services and lease of circuits for $5 (2020 – $6). At
August 31, 2021, the Company had a net of $20 owing in respect of these transactions (2020 – $21).
As part of a regulatory requirement where Shaw pays Corus in lieu of either providing the news coverage directly or contributing
into a fund managed by the CRTC, Shaw paid $12 (2020 – $13) as part of the Local News Community Investment program.
The Company provided Corus with advertising spots in return for radio and television advertising. No monetary consideration was
exchanged for these transactions and no amounts were recorded in the accounts.
Burrard Landing Lot 2 Holdings Partnership
During the year, the Company paid $10 (2020 – $11) to the Partnership for lease of office space in Shaw Tower. Shaw Tower,
located in Vancouver, BC, is the Company’s headquarters for its lower mainland operations. At August 31, 2021, the Company
had a remaining lease liability of $57 (2020 - $67) in respect of the office space lease which is included in the amounts
disclosed in Note 14.
Consolidated Financial Statements Shaw Communications Inc.
119

30. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
Fair values
The fair value of financial instruments has been determined as follows:
(i) Current assets and current liabilities
The fair value of financial instruments included in current assets and current liabilities approximates their carrying value due to
their short-term nature.
(ii) Investments and other assets and Other long-term assets
The fair value of publicly traded investments is determined by quoted market prices. Investments in private entities which do
not have quoted market prices in an active market and whose fair value cannot be readily measured are carried at estimated fair
value based on information available with respect to investees’ operational and financing activities. No published market exists
for such investments. These equity investments have been made as they are considered to have the potential to provide future
benefit to the Company and accordingly, the Company has no current intention to dispose of these investments in the near
term. The fair value of long-term receivables approximates their carrying value as they are recorded at the net present values of
their future cash flows, using an appropriate discount rate.
(iii) Long-term debt
The carrying value of long-term debt is at amortized cost based on the initial fair value as determined at the time of issuance.
The fair value of publicly traded notes is based upon current trading values. The fair value of finance lease obligations is
determined by discounting future cash flows using a rate for loans with similar terms, conditions and maturity dates. The
carrying value of bank credit facilities approximates fair value as the debt bears interest at rates that fluctuate with market
rates. Other notes and debentures are valued based upon current trading values for similar instruments.
(iv) Derivative financial instruments
The fair value of US currency forward purchase contracts is determined using an estimated credit-adjusted mark-to-market
valuation using observable forward exchange rates at the end of reporting periods and contract forward rates.
The carrying value and estimated fair value of long-term debt are as follows:
August 31, 2021
August 31, 2020
Carrying
value
Estimated
fair value
Carrying
value
Estimated
fair value
Liabilities
Long-term debt (including current portion) (1)
4,550
5,263
4,548
5,613
(1) Level 2 fair value – determined by valuation techniques using inputs based on observable market data, either directly or
indirectly, other than quoted prices.
Risk management
The Company is exposed to various market risks including currency risk and interest rate risk, as well as credit risk and liquidity
risk associated with financial assets and liabilities. The Company has designed and implemented various risk management
strategies, discussed further below, to ensure the exposure to these risks is consistent with its risk tolerance and business
objectives.
Market risk
Market risk is the risk that the fair value or cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate as a result of changes in market
prices, including foreign exchange and interest rates, the Company’s share price and market price of publicly traded
investments.
Currency risk
Certain of the Company’s capital expenditures and operating costs are incurred in US dollars, while its revenue is primarily
denominated in Canadian dollars. Decreases in the value of the Canadian dollar relative to the US dollar could have an adverse
effect on the Company’s cash flows. To mitigate some of the uncertainty in respect to capital expenditures and operating costs,
the Company regularly enters into forward contracts in respect of US dollar commitments. With respect to 2021, the Company
120
Shaw Communications Inc. 2021 Annual Report

entered into forward contracts to purchase US $132 over a period of 12 months commencing in September 2020 at an average
exchange rate of 1.3544 Cdn. At August 31, 2021 the Company had forward contracts to purchase US $132 over a period of
12 months commencing September 2021 at an average exchange rate of 1.2666 Cdn in respect of US dollar commitments.
Interest rate risk
Due to the capital-intensive nature of its operations, the Company utilizes long-term financing extensively in its capital
structure. The primary components of this structure are an unsecured bank credit facility and various Canadian senior notes
with varying maturities issued in the public markets as more fully described in Note 13. The Company also has an accounts
receivable securitization program as described in Note 10.
Interest on the Company’s unsecured bank credit facility and accounts receivable securitization program are based on floating
rates, while the senior notes are fixed-rate obligations. When drawn, the Company utilizes its credit facility to finance day-to-day
operations and, depending on market conditions, periodically converts the bank loans to fixed-rate instruments through public
market debt issues. As at August 31, 2021, 100% of the Company’s consolidated long-term debt was fixed with respect to
interest rates.
Sensitivity analysis
The sensitivity to currency risk has been determined based on a hypothetical change in Canadian dollar to US dollar foreign
exchange rates of 10%. Foreign exchange forward contracts would be impacted by this hypothetical change resulting in a
change to other comprehensive income by $12 net of tax (2020 – $13). A portion of the Company’s accounts receivables and
accounts payable and accrued liabilities is denominated in US dollars; however, due to their short-term nature, there is no
significant market risk arising from fluctuations in foreign exchange rates.
Interest on the Company’s unsecured bank credit facility and accounts receivable securitization program are based on floating
rates. As at August 31, 2021 there is no significant market risk arising from interest rate fluctuations within a reasonably
contemplated range from their actual amounts.
At August 31, 2021, a one dollar change in the Company’s Class B Shares would have had an impact on net income of $2
(August 31, 2020 – $1) in respect of the Company’s DSU, RSU, and PSU plans.
Credit risk
Accounts receivable in respect of the Consumer, Business and Wireless divisions are not subject to any significant
concentrations of credit risk due to the Company’s large and diverse customer base. As at August 31, 2021, the Company had
accounts receivable of $301 (August 31, 2020 – $268), net of the allowance for doubtful accounts of $78 (August 31, 2020 –
$74). The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for the expected credit losses resulting from the inability of
its customers to make required payments.
2021
$
2020
$
Balance, beginning of period
74
63
Additions (doubtful accounts expense)
25
60
Net usage
(21)
(49)
Balance, end of period
78
74
In determining the allowance, the Company considers factors such as the number of days the customer account is past due,
whether or not the customer continues to receive service, the Company’s past collection history and changes in business
circumstances. As at August 31, 2021, $124 (August 31, 2020 – $105) of accounts receivable is considered to be past due,
defined as amounts outstanding past normal credit terms and conditions. Uncollectible accounts receivable are charged against
the allowance account based on the age of the account and payment history. The Company believes that its allowance for
doubtful accounts is sufficient to reflect the related credit risk.
The Company mitigates credit risk of subscriber receivables through advance billing and procedures to downgrade or suspend
services on accounts that have exceeded agreed credit terms and routinely assesses the financial strength of its business
customers through periodic review of payment practices.
Consolidated Financial Statements Shaw Communications Inc.
121

Credit risks associated with US currency contracts arise from the inability of counterparties to meet the terms of the contracts.
In the event of non-performance by the counterparties, the Company’s accounting loss would be limited to the net amount that
it would be entitled to receive under the contracts and agreements. In order to minimize the risk of counterparty default under
its swap agreements, the Company assesses the creditworthiness of its swap counterparties.
Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Company will experience difficulty in meeting obligations associated with financial
liabilities. The Company manages its liquidity risk by monitoring cash flow generated from operations, available borrowing
capacity, and by managing the maturity profiles of its long-term debt.
The Company’s undiscounted contractual maturities as at August 31, 2021 are as follows:
Short-term
borrowings
Accounts
payable and
accrued
liabilities(1)
Long-term
debt
repayable at
maturity
Leases
(note 14)
Interest
payments
Within one year
200
988
1
151
218
1 to 3 years
–
–
1,002
291
407
3 to 5 years
–
–
44
260
351
Over 5 years
–
–
3,550
894
1,757
200
988
4,597
1,596
2,733
(1) Includes accrued interest and dividends of $210.
31.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(i) Funds flow from operations
2021
$
2020
$
Net income from operations
986
688
Adjustments to reconcile net income to funds flow from operations:
Amortization
1,221
1,220
Deferred income tax expense (recovery)
16
59
Share-based compensation
1
2
Defined benefit pension plans
2
1
Fair value adjustments for private investments
(27)
–
Net change in contract asset balances
47
(14)
Loss (gain) on disposal of fixed assets and intangibles
(3)
3
Loss on write-down of assets
–
7
Other
6
23
Funds flow from operations
2,249
1,989
(ii) Interest and income taxes paid and interest received and classified as operating activities are as follows:
2021
$
2020
$
Interest paid
265
287
Income taxes paid (net of refunds)
174
134
Interest received
4
7
Included in interest paid is interest on lease liabilities of $45 for the year ended August 31, 2021 (2020 – $44).
122
Shaw Communications Inc. 2021 Annual Report

(iii) Non-cash transactions
The Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows exclude the following non-cash transactions:
2021
$
2020
$
Issuance of Class B Shares:
Dividend reinvestment plan (note 20)
–
37
32. CAPITAL STRUCTURE MANAGEMENT
The Company’s objectives when managing capital are:
(i) to maintain a capital structure which optimizes the cost of capital, provides flexibility and diversity of funding sources and
timing of debt maturities, and adequate anticipated liquidity for organic growth and strategic acquisitions;
(ii) to maintain compliance with debt covenants; and
(iii) to manage a strong and efficient capital base to maintain investor, creditor and market confidence.
The Company defines capital as comprising all components of shareholders’ equity (other than non-controlling interests and
amounts in accumulated other comprehensive income/loss), long-term debt (including the current portion thereof), lease
liabilities (including the current portion thereof), short-term borrowings and bank indebtedness less cash.
2021
$
2020
$
Cash
(355)
(763)
Short-term borrowings
200
200
Long-term debt repayable at maturity
4,597
4,599
Lease liabilities
1,245
1,270
Share capital
4,199
4,602
Contributed surplus
27
27
Retained earnings
1,876
1,703
11,789
11,638
The Company manages its capital structure and makes adjustments to it in light of changes in economic conditions and the risk
characteristics of underlying assets. The Company may also from time to time change or adjust its objectives when managing
capital in light of the Company’s business circumstances, strategic opportunities, or the relative importance of competing
objectives as determined by the Company. There is no assurance that the Company will be able to meet or maintain its currently
stated objectives. Further, the terms of the Arrangement Agreement require the Company to obtain Rogers’ consent prior to
incurring certain types of indebtedness.
The Company’s credit facilities are subject to covenants which include maintaining minimum or maximum financial ratios,
including total debt to operating cash flow/adjusted earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, and
operating cash flow to fixed charges. At August 31, 2021, the Company was in compliance with these covenants and based on
current business plans and economic conditions, the Company is not aware of any condition or event that would give rise to
non-compliance with the covenants.
Other than the redemption of the Company’s preferred shares as discussed in note 17, the Company’s overall capital structure
management strategy remains unchanged from the prior year.
Consolidated Financial Statements Shaw Communications Inc.
123

Corporate Information
DIRECTORS
Bradley S. Shaw(4)
Executive Chair & Chief Executive
Officer
Shaw Communications Inc.
Peter J. Bissonnette(2)
Corporate Director
Adrian I. Burns, LLD(2)(4)
Corporate Director
Hon. Christina J. Clark(3)
Corporate Director
Dr. Richard R. Green(1)
Corporate Director
Gregg Keating(3)
Chairman and Chief
Executive Officer
Altimax Venture Capital
Michael W. O’Brien(1)(4)
Corporate Director
Paul K. Pew(3)(4)
Co-Founder and Co-CEO
G3 Capital Corp.
Jeffrey C. Royer(1)
Private Investor
Mike Sievert
President, Chief Executive Officer
and Director of T-Mobile
Carl E. Vogel(1)(4)
Private Investor
Sheila C. Weatherill(3)
Corporate Director
Steven A. White(2)
President, Special Counsel to the
CEO of Comcast Cable
(1) Audit Committee
(2) Human Resources and Compensation
Committee
(3) Corporate Governance and
Nominating Committee
(4) Executive Committee
SENIOR OFFICERS
Bradley S. Shaw
Executive Chair & Chief Executive
Officer
Paul McAleese
President, Shaw Communications
Inc.
Trevor English
Executive Vice President, Chief
Financial & Corporate
Development Officer
Zoran Stakic
Chief Operating Officer & Chief
Technology Officer
Peter Johnson
Executive Vice President, Chief
Legal and Regulatory Officer
(Corporate Secretary)
Katherine Emberly
President, Business
Dan Markou
Executive Vice President, Chief
People and Culture Officer
Paul Deverell
President, Consumer
CORPORATE OFFICE
Shaw Communications Inc.
Suite 900, 630 – 3rd Avenue S.W.
Calgary, Alberta
Canada T2P 4L4
Phone: (403) 750-4500
Website: www.shaw.ca
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Information concerning Shaw’s
corporate governance policies is
contained in the Proxy Circular and
is also available on Shaw’s
website, www.shaw.ca.
Information concerning Shaw’s
compliance with the corporate
governance listing standards of the
New York Stock Exchange is
available in the Investor Relations
section on Shaw’s website,
www.shaw.ca.
INTERNET HOME PAGE
Shaw’s Annual Report, Annual
Information Form, Quarterly
Reports, Press Releases and other
relevant investor information are
available electronically on the
Internet at www.shaw.ca.
AUDITORS
Ernst & Young LLP
PRIMARY BANKER
The Toronto-Dominion Bank
TRANSFER AGENTS
TSX Trust Company
600, 333 – 7th Ave SW
Calgary, Alberta, T2P 2Z1
Phone: 1-800-387-0825
DEBENTURE TRUSTEE
Computershare Trust
Company of Canada
100 University Avenue,
9th Floor
Toronto, Ontario, M5J 2Y1
Phone: 1-800-564-6253
FURTHER INFORMATION
Financial analysts, portfolio
managers, other investors and
interested parties may contact the
Company at (403) 750-4500 or
visit Shaw’s website at
www.shaw.ca for further
information.
To receive additional copies of this
Annual Report, please fax your
request to (403) 750-7469 or
email investor.relations@sjrb.ca.
All trademarks used in this annual
report are used with the
permission of the owners of such
trademarks.
124
Shaw Communications Inc. 2021 Annual Report